Anda di halaman 1dari 92

Mechanical

Flexible
Couplings

Lowest Cost
T O TA L S o l u t i o n

FC

SECTION
F1

SURE-FLEX
ELASTOMERIC
COUPLINGS

Need No Lubrication, No Maintenance


Quick, Easy Installation
Clean, Quiet Performance

TB WOODS INCORPORATED Chambersburg, Pennsylvania 17201


T.B. WOODS CANADA LTD. Stratford, Ontario N5A 6V6

F11

SURE-FLEX CAPABILITIES
4-WAY FLEXING ACTION
absorbs all types of
shock, vibration and misalignment
TORSIONAL
Sure-Flex coupling sleeves have an exceptional ability to
absorb torsional shock and dampen torsional vibrations.
The EPDM and Neoprene sleeves wind-up approximately 15 torsionally at their rated torque. Hytrel
sleeves will wind-up about 7.

ANGULAR
The unique design of the Sure-Flex couplings teeth
allows for the absorption of angular misalignment without
wear. Refer to page F118 for actual allowable
misalignment limits. These limits allow for the alignment
of the coupling using only a scale and calipers.

PARALLEL
Parallel misalignment is absorbed without wear or
appreciable energy losses. The lateral flexibility of the
coupling sleeve minimizes radial bearing loads normally
associated with parallel misalignment. This feature also
allows for easier installation by the use of components
bored for slip fits without fretting corrosion occurring at
the shaft. Refer to page F118 for parallel misalignment
limits. Only a straight-edge and feeler gage are required
to obtain these limits.

AXIAL
Sure-Flex couplings may be used in applications with
limited axial shaft movements. The axial compressibility
of the EPDM and Neoprene sleeves allows for shaft endfloat without the absolute transfer of thrust loads.

F12

SURE-FLEX FEATURES

EASY, QUICK
INSTALLATION

NO LUBRICATION,
TROUBLE-FREE OPERATION

Sure-Flex can be installed quickly and easily,


because there are no bolts, gaskets, covers
or seals. Alignment can be checked with a
straightedge placed across the outside of the
precision-machined flanges. No special tools
are needed for installation, alignment or
removal.

The teeth of the sleeve lock into the teeth of


the flanges without clamps or screws,
tightening under torque to provide smooth
transmission of power. There is no rubbing
action of metal against rubber to cause wear.
Couplings are not affected by abrasives, dirt,
or moisture. This eliminates the need for
lubrication or maintenance, provides clean,
dependable, quiet performance.

SURE-FLEX SELECTION
Sure-Flex couplings are selected as component parts.
1.

Determine SLEEVE material and type.


Refer to pages F14 & 5

2.

Determine coupling SIZE.


Refer to pages F16, 7, & 8

3.

Determine FLANGES to be used.


Refer to pages F19 thru 16

Specify coupling components.


Example #1 - Close coupled
Size 6, Type S flange w 1-3/8 bore
Size 6, Type S flange w 1 bore
Size 6, Solid EPDM sleeve

PROD. NUMBER

PROD. DESCRIPTION

6S138
6S1
6J

6Sx1-3/8
6Sx1
6JE

Example #2 - 5 Between shaft spacer


Size 9, Type SC flange for #11 hub
Size 9, Type SC flange for #9 hub
Size 11 hub w 2-3/8 bore
Size 9 short hub w 1-1/8 bore
Size 9 Solid Hytrel sleeve

9SC5011
9SC50
11SCH238
9SCHS118
9H

9SC50-11
9SC50
11SCH x 2-3/8
9SCHS x 1-1/8
9H

F13

SURE-FLEX SLEEVE SELECTION

Sure-Flex Sleeves are available in four materials or compounds and various shape configurations.
EPDM

Neoprene

Hytrel

Urethane

JE
JES
E

JN
JNS
N

HS

General
Purpose

Oil Resist
Non-flame

General
Purpose

Stiffness

REL. RATING
WIND-UP ANGULAR
MISALIGN

1X
15
1

1X
15
1

4X
7
1/4

4X
3
1/4

TEMPERATURE (F)
maximum
minimum

+275
30

+200
0

+250
65

+200
80

CONSTRUCTIONS
AVAILABLE
1 pc, unsplit
1 pc, split
2 piece
TYPICAL USE

SURE-FLEX SLEEVES
Product
No.

Product
Description

Product
No.

Product
Description

Product
No.

3J
4J
5J
6J
7J
8J
9J
10J

3JE EPDM
4JE EPDM
5JE EPDM
6JE EPDM
7JE EPDM
8JE EPDM
9JE EPDM
10JE EPDM

4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
16

4E EPDM
5E EPDM
6E EPDM
7E EPDM
8E EPDM
9E EPDM
10E EPDM
11E EPDM
12E EPDM
13E EPDM
14E EPDM
16E EPDM

6H
7H
8H
9H
10H
11H
12H

F14

3JS
4JS
5JS
6JS
7JS
8JS
9JS
10JS

3JES EPDM Split


4JES EPDM Split
5JES EPDM Split
6JES EPDM Split
7JES EPDM Split
8JES EPDM Split
9JES EPDM Split
10JES EPDM Split

3JN
4JN
5JN
6JN
7JN
8JN

3JN
4JN
5JN
6JN
7JN
8JN

3JNS
4JNS
5JNS
6JNS
7JNS
8JNS

3JNS
4JNS
5JNS
6JNS
7JNS
8JNS

Neoprene
Neoprene
Neoprene
Neoprene
Neoprene
Neoprene
Neoprene
Neoprene
Neoprene
Neoprene
Neoprene
Neoprene

Split
Split
Split
Split
Split
Split

4N
5N
6N
7N
8N
9N
10N
11N
12N
13N
14N

4N Neoprene
5N Neoprene
6N Neoprene
7N Neoprene
8N Neoprene
9N Neoprene
10N Neoprene
11N Neoprene
12N Neoprene
13N Neoprene
14N Neoprene

6HS
7HS
8HS
9HS
10HS
11HS
12HS
13HS
14HS
10U
11U
12U

Product
Description
6H Hytrel
7H Hytrel
8H Hytrel
9H Hytrel
10H Hytrel
11H Hytrel
12H Hytrel
6HS Split Hytrel
7HS Split Hytrel
8HS Split Hytrel
9HS Split Hytrel
10HS Split Hytrel
11HS Split Hytrel
12HS Split Hytrel
13HS Split Hytrel
14HS Split Hytrel
10U Urethane
11U Urethane
12U Urethane

SURE-FLEX SLEEVE SELECTION


Flexible sleeves for Woods Sure-Flex couplings are available in four materials (EPDM
Neoprene, Hytrel and Urethane) and in three basic constructions. Characteristics of the
materials are given on page F14 and the various types are shown and described here.
JE-JES-JN-JNS
J sleeves are molded EPDM rubber (E)
or Neoprene (N). They are available in
one-piece solid construction (JE, JN) or
one-piece split construction (JES, JNS).
These sleeves may be used in any
Sure-Flex flange within a given size.
Types JES, JNS

JE, JN

E-N
These sleeves are of two-piece design
with a retaining ring. They are available
in either EPDM (E) or Neoprene (N).
They may be used with any flange
within a given size. Sleeves are shown
here assembled and disassembled.
E and N
(Assembled)

Types E and N
(Disassembled)

H-HS-U
H (Hytrel) and U (Urethane) sleeves,
designed for high-torque applications,
transmit four times as much power as an
equivalent EPDM or Neoprene sleeve.
Available in one-piece solid construction
(H or U) or two-piece split construction
(HS), these can be used only with S, C
and SC flanges. They cannot be used with
J or B flanges or as direct replacements
for EPDM or Neoprene sleeves.

HS

H or U

DIMENSIONS (in.)
Coupling
Size

3
4
5
6
7
8
9*
10*
11
12
13
14
16

JE, JES, JN &


JNS Sleeves
EPDM & Neoprene
Wt.
D
W
(lbs.)
1 7/8
2 5/16
2 15/16
3 3/4
4 11/32
5 1/16
6
7 1/16
...
...
...
...
...

1
1 1/4
1 9/16
1 7/8
2 3/16
2 1/2
3
3 7/16
...
...
...
...
...

.06
.10
.20
.40
.62
1.13
1.46
2.32
...
...
...
...
...

E and N Sleeves
EPDM & Neoprene

H, U & HS Sleeves
Hytrel & Urethane

Wt.
(lbs.)

Wt.
(lbs.)

...
2 5/16
2 15/16
3 3/4
4 11/32
5 1/16
6
7 1/16
8 3/16
9 9/16
11 3/16
13 3/32
17 29/32

...
1 1/4
1 9/16
1 7/8
2 3/16
2 1/2
3
3 7/16
4
4 11/16
5 1/2
6 1/2
8 3/4

...
.11
.25
.49
.77
1.4
2.0
3.2
5.1
8.1
13.0
21.1
45.3

...
...
...
3 3/4
4 11/32
5 1/16
6
7 1/16
8 3/16
9 9/16
11 3/16
13 3/32
...

...
...
...
1 7/8
2 3/16
2 1/2
3
3 7/16
4
4 11/16
5 1/2
6 1/2
...

...
...
...
.44
.69
1.4
1.8
2.9
4.5
7.3
11.8
19.3
...

The 13 and 14 Hytrel available with HS sleeves only.


*All 9J and 10J sleeves available in EPDM only.

Only sizes available in Urethane.

F15

SURE-FLEX COUPLING SIZE SELECTION


1. Select Load Symbol based on your driveN machine.
Application

Load Symbol

AGITATORSPaddle, Propeller, Screw . . . . . L


BAND RESAW (lumber) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M
BARGE HAUL PULLER. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H
BARKING (lumber) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H
BAR SCREEN (sewage) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . L
BATCHES (textile) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . L
BEATER AND PULPER (paper) . . . . . . . . . . M
BENDING ROLL (metal) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M
BLEACHER (paper) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . L
BLOWERS
Centrifugal, Vane . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . L
Lobe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M
BOTTLING MACHINERY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . L
BREW KETTLES (distilling) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . L
BUCKET ELEVATOR OR CONVEYOR . . . . . M
CALENDERS
Calendar (paper). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M
Calender-super (paper), Calender (rubber) H
CANE KNIVES (sugar) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M
CARD MACHINE (textile) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H
CAR DUMPERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H
CAR PULLERS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M
CEMENT KILN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H
CENTRIFUGAL BLOWERS,
COMPRESSORS, FANS or PUMPS . . . . . . . L
CHEMICAL FEEDERS (sewage) . . . . . . . . . . L
CHILLER (oil) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M
CHIPPER (paper) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H
CIRCULAR RESAW (lumber) . . . . . . . . . . . . M
CLARIFIER or CLASSIFIER. . . . . . . . . . . . . . L
CLAY WORKING MACHINERY. . . . . . . . . . . M
COLLECTORS (sewage) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . L
COMPRESSORS
Centrifugal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . L
Reciprocating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . *
Screw, Lobe. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . L
CONCRETE MIXERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M
CONVERTING MACHINE (paper) . . . . . . . . . M
CONVEYORS
Apron, Assembly Belt, Flight, Oven, Screw . L
Bucket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M
COOKERSBrewing, Distilling, Food . . . . . . L
COOLING TOWER FANS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H
COUCH (paper) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M
CRANES and HOISTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M
Heavy Duty Mine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H
CRUSHERSCane (sugar), Stone or Ore . . H
CUTTERPaper. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H
CYLINDER (paper) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H
*Consult Factory

Application

Load Symbol

DEWATERING SCREEN (sewage) . . . . . . . . M


DISC FEEDER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . L
DOUGH MIXER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M
DRAW BENCH CONVEYOR and
MAIN DRIVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H
DREDGES
Cable Reel, Pumps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M
Cutter Head Drive, Jig Drive, Screen Drive H
Maneuvering and Utility Winch, Stacker. . . M
DYNAMOMETER. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . L
DRYERS (rotary) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M
EDGER (lumber) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H
ELEVATOR
Bucket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M
Escalator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . L
Freight, Passenger, Service, Man Lift. . . . . H
ESCALATORS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . L
EXTRUDER (metal) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H
FANS
Centrifugal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . L
Cooling Tower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H
Forced Draft, Large Industrial or Mine . . . . M
FEEDERS
Apron, Belt, Disc . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . L
Reciprocating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H
Screw . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M
FILTER, PRESS-OIL. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M
GENERATORS
Uniform load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . L
Varying load, Hoist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M
Welders. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H
GRIT COLLECTOR (sewage) . . . . . . . . . . . . L
GRIZZLY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H
HAMMERMILL
Light Duty, Intermittent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M
Heavy Duty, Continuous . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H
HOISTS
Heavy Duty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H
Medium Duty. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M
JORDAN (paper). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H
KILN, ROTARY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H
LAUNDRY WASHER or TUMBLER . . . . . . . . H
LINE SHAFTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . L
LOG HAUL (lumber) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H
LOOM (textile) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M
MACHINE TOOLS, MAIN DRIVE . . . . . . . . . M
MANGLE (textile). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . L
MASH TUBS (distilling) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . L
MEAT GRINDER. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M
METAL FORMING MACHINES . . . . . . . . . . . M

Application

Load Symbol

MILLS
Ball, Pebble, Rod, Tube, Rubber Tumbling. H
Dryer and Cooler. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M
MIXERS
Concrete, Muller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M
Banbury . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H
ORE CRUSHER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H
OVEN CONVEYOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . L
PLANER (metal or wood) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M
PRESSES
Brick, Briquette Machine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H
Notching, Paper, Punch, Printing . . . . . . . . M
PUG MILL. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M
PULP GRINDER (paper) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H
PULVERIZERS
Hammermilllight duty, Roller. . . . . . . . . . M
Hammermillheavy duty, Hog. . . . . . . . . . H
PUMPS
Centrifugal, Axial . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . L
Gear, Lobe, Vane . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M
Reciprocatingsgl. or dbl. acting,
cylinder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . *
REEL, REWINDER (paper) CABLE. . . . . . . . M
ROD MILL. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H
SAWDUST CONVEYOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . L
SCREENS
Air Washing, Water . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . L
Rotary for coal or sand . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M
Vibrating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H
SCREW CONVEYOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . L
SLAB CONVEYOR (lumber) . . . . . . . . . . . . . M
SLITTERS (metal). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M
SOAPERS (textile). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . L
SORTING TABLE (lumber) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M
SPINNER (textile) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M
STOKER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . L
SUCTION ROLL (paper) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M
TENTER FRAMES (textile) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M
TIRE BUILDING MACHINES. . . . . . . . . . . . . H
TIRE & TUBE PRESS OPENER . . . . . . . . . . L
TUMBLING BARRELS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H
WASHER and THICKENER (paper) . . . . . . . M
WINCHES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M
WINDERS, Paper, Textile, Wire. . . . . . . . . . . M
WINDLASS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M
WIRE
Drawing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H
Winding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M
WOODWORKING MACHINERY . . . . . . . . . . L

2. Determine Service Factor using Load Symbol and driveR.


Load
Symbol

L
Light

M
Medium

H
Heavy

Standard AC Motor
DC Shunt Motor
*Engine, 8 or more cylinders

1.25

1.5

2.0

High Torque AC Motor


DC Series & Comp.
*Engine, 4-6 cylinders

1.5

2.0

2.5

*Engine, 3 cylinders or less

2.0

2.5

3.0

Turbine

1.0

1.25

1.5

*On applications involving varying torque loads, design around the maximum load. Then determine the resulting
service factor at minimum load. If this value is greater than 4.0, special coupling alignment will be required (see
page F118).
Caution: Applications involving reciprocating engines and reciprocating driven devices are
subject to rotational vibrational critical speeds which may destroy the coupling. The factory can
determine these speeds when the rotational inertia (WR2) of the driveR and driveN units is
known.

F16

SURE-FLEX COUPLING SIZE SELECTION


(continued)

3. If coupling to the shaft of a 60 HZ AC motor, you may refer to page 8, locate


the correct chart & columns for your sleeve material, motor speed and service
factor; you can read the coupling size across from the motor horsepower.
Example: For 150 HP @ 1750 RPM and 1.5 Service Factor - Use #13 EPDM or
Neoprene or #10 Hytrel or Urethane.
4. For other speeds, use the following formula to calculate the required coupling
horsepower rating @ 100 rpm.
HP @ 100 rpm = HP x Service Factor x 100 / coupling RPM
5. Use the chart below to find a coupling with a HP @ 100 RPM rating which is
greater than calculated above.
Example: For 5 HP @ 55 RPM and 1.25 Service Factor:
HP @ 100 = 5 x 1.25 x 100 / 55 = 11.36
Use #12 EPDM or Neoprene or #9 Hytrel with rating of 11.4 HP.

COUPLING RATINGS

Size

EPDM
Sleeves

Neoprene
Sleeves

3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
16

JE,JES
E,JE,JES
E,JE,JES
E,JE,JES
E,JE,JES
E,JE,JES
E,JE,JES
E,JE,JES
E
E
E
E
E

JN,JNS
N,JN,JNS
N,JN,JNS
N,JN,JNS
N,JN,JNS
N,JN,JNS
N
N
N
N
N
N

Size

Hytrel
Sleeves

Urethane
Sleeves

6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14

H, HS
H, HS
H, HS
H, HS
H, HS
H, HS
H, HS
HS
HS

U
U
U

HP @ RPM
100
0.1
0.2
0.4
0.7
1.2
1.8
2.9
4.6
7.2
11.4
18.0
28.6
75.0

1160

1750

3500

1.1
2.2
4.4
8.3
13
20
33
53
83
132
209
331
870

1.7
3.3
6.7
12.5
20
32
50
80
126
200
315
500

3.3
6.7
13
25
40
63
100
160
252

HP @ RPM
100
2.9
4.6
7.2
11.4
18.0
28.6
50.0
75.0
115.0

1160
33
53
84
132
209
331
580
870
1334

1750
50
80
126
200
315
500
875
1312
2013

3500
100
160
252
400
630
1000

Torque
(in. lbs.)
60
120
240
450
725
1135
1800
2875
4530
7200
11350
18000
47250
Torque
(in. lbs.)
1800
2875
4530
7200
11350
18000
31500
47268
72480

Stiffness
(in. lbs./rad)
229
458
916
1718
2769
4335
6875
10980
17300
27500
43350
68755
180480
Stiffness
(in. lbs./rad)
10000
20000
30000
47500
100000*
125000*
225000*
368900
593250

Max
RPM
9200
7600
7600
6000
5250
4500
3750
3600
3600
2800
2400
2200
1500
Max
RPM
6000
5250
4500
3750
3600
3600
2800
2400
2200

* Urethane values are 220000, 350000, and 600000.

F17

SURE-FLEX COUPLING SELECTION


EPDM or NEOPRENE SLEEVES
860 RPM MOTORS
Service Factors
HP 1.0 1.25 1.5 2.0 2.5
1/2

1
11/2
2

3
3
4
4
5

3
4
4
5
5

3
4
4
5
5

4
4
5
5
6

4
5
5
6
6

3
5
7 1/2
10
15

5
6
7
7
8

6
6
7
8
9

6
7
8
8
9

6
7
8
9
10

20
25
30
40
50

9
9
10
10
11

9
10
10
11
11

10
10
11
11
12

60
75
100
125
150

11
12
12
13
13

12
12
13
13
14

200
250
300
350
400

14
14
16
16
16

450
500
600
700
800

3/4

1160 RPM MOTORS


Service Factors
HP 1.0 1.25 1.5 2.0 2.5
1/2

1
11/2
2

3
3
3
4
4

3
3
4
4
5

3
4
4
5
5

3
4
4
5
5

4
4
5
5
6

7
8
9
9
10

3
5
7 1/2
10
15

5
6
6
7
8

5
6
7
7
8

6
6
7
8
9

6
7
8
8
9

10
11
11
12
12

11
11
12
12
13

20
25
30
40
50

8
9
9
10
10

9
9
10
10
11

9
10
10
11
11

12
13
13
14
14

13
13
14
14
16

13 60
14 75
14 100
. . . 125
16 150

11
11
12
12
13

11
12
12
13
13

14
16
16
16
16

16
16
16
16
16

16 16
16 16
16 . . .
... ...
... ...

200
250
300
350
400

13
14
14
16
16

16 16
16 16
16 . . .
... ...
... ...

...
...
...
...
...

...
...
...
...
...

450
500
600
700
800

...
...
...
...
...

3/4

1750 RPM MOTORS


Service Factors
HP 1.0 1.25 1.5 2.0 2.5
1/2

3500 RPM MOTORS


Service Factors
HP 1.0 1.25 1.5 2.0 2.5
1/2

1
11/2
2

3
3
3
3
4

3
3
3
4
4

3
3
3
4
4

3
3
4
4
5

3
4
4
5
5

1
11/2
2

6
7
8
9
10

3
5
7 1/2
10
15

4
5
6
6
7

5
5
6
6
7

5
6
6
7
8

5
6
7
7
8

6
6
7
8
9

3
5
7 1/2
10
15

3
4
5
5
6

4
4
5
5
6

4
5
5
6
6

4
5
6
6
7

5
5
6
6
7

10
10
11
11
12

10
11
11
12
12

20
25
30
40
50

7
8
8
9
9

8
8
9
9
10

8
9
9
10
10

9
9
10
10
11

9
10
10
11
11

20
25
30
40
50

6
6
7
7
8

6
7
7
8
8

7
7
8
8
9

7
8
8
9
9

8
8
9
9
10

12
12
13
13
14

12
13
13
14
14

13
13
14
14
16

60
75
100
125
150

10
10
11
11
12

10
11
11
12
12

11
11
12
12
13

11
12
12
13
13

12
12
13
13
14

60
75
100
125
150

8
9
9
10
10

9
9
10
10
11

9
10
10
11
11

10 10
10 11
11 11
11 . . .
... ...

14
14
16
16
16

14
16
16
16
16

16
16
16
16
16

16
16
16
16
...

200
250
300
350
400

12
13
13
14
14

13
13
14
14
14

13 14
14 14
14 . . .
... ...
... ...

14
...
...
...
...

200
250
300
350
400

11
11
...
...
...

11
...
...
...
...

...
...
...
...
...

...
...
...
...
...

...
...
...
...
...

16 16
16 16
16 . . .
... ...
... ...

...
...
...
...
...

...
...
...
...
...

...
...
...
...
...

450
500
600
700
800

14
14
...
...
...

...
...
...
...
...

...
...
...
...
...

...
...
...
...
...

450
500
600
700
800

...
...
...
...
...

...
...
...
...
...

...
...
...
...
...

...
...
...
...
...

...
...
...
...
...

3/4

...
...
...
...
...

3/4

... ... ... ... ...


3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
4
3
3
3
4
4

HYTREL or URETHANE SLEEVES


860 RPM MOTORS
Service Factors
HP 1.0 1.25 1.5 2.0 2.5

1750 RPM MOTORS


Service Factors
HP 1.0 1.25 1.5 2.0 2.5

3500 RPM MOTORS


Service Factors
HP 1.0 1.25 1.5 2.0 2.5

7 1/2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
10
6
6
6
6
6
15
6
6
6
6
7
20
6
6
6
7
7
25
6
6
7
7
8

7 1/2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
15
6
6
6
6
6
20
6
6
6
6
6
25
6
6
6
6
7

7 1/2
10
15
20
25

...
...
...
...
...

...
...
...
...
...

...
...
...
...
...

...
...
...
...
...

...
...
...
...
...

7 1/2
10
15
20
25

6
6
6
6
6

6
6
6
6
7

6
6
6
7
7

6
6
7
7
8

6
6
7
8
8

30
40
50
60
75

7
7
8
8
9

7
8
8
9
9

8
8
9
9
10

8
9
9
10
10

9
9
10
10
11

30
40
50
60
75

6
7
7
8
8

7
7
8
8
9

7
8
8
9
9

8
8
9
9
10

8
9
9
10
10

30
40
50
60
75

6
6
6
7
7

6
6
7
7
8

6
7
7
8
8

7
7
8
8
9

7
8
8
9
9

30
40
50
60
75

6
6
6
6
6

6
6
6
6
6

6
6
6
6
7

6
6
6
7
7

6
6
7
7
8

100
125
150
200
250

9
10
10
11
11

10
10
11
11
12

10
11
11
12
12

11
11
12
12
13

11
12
12
13
13

100
125
150
200
250

9
9
10
10
11

9
10
10
11
11

10
10
11
11
12

10
11
11
12
12

11
11
12
12
13

100
125
150
200
250

8
8
9
9
10

8
9
9
10
10

9
9
10
10
11

9
10
10
11
11

10
10
11
11
12

100
125
150
200
250

6
7
7
8
8

7
7
8
8
9

7
8
8
9
9

8
8
9
9
10

8
9
9
10
10

300
350
400
500
600

12
12
12
13
13

12
12
13
13
14

13
13
13
14
14

13 14
14 14
14 14
14 . . .
... ...

300
350
400
500
600

11
12
12
12
13

12
12
12
13
13

12
12
13
13
13

13
13
13
14
14

13
14
14
14
...

300
350
400
500
600

10
11
11
11
12

11
11
11
12
12

11
12
12
12
13

12
12
12
13
13

12
12
13
13
14

300
350
400
500
600

9
9
9
10
10

9
10
10
10
11

10
10
10
11
11

10 11
11 11
11 11
11 . . .
... ...

14 14
14 14
14 . . .
... ...

...
...
...
...

...
...
...
...

. . . 700
. . . 800
. . . 900
. . . 1000

13
13
14
14

13
14
14
14

14
14
14
...

14
...
...
...

. . . 700
. . . 800
. . . 900
. . . 1000

12
12
13
13

12
13
13
13

13
13
14
14

14
14
14
14

14 700
14 800
. . . 900
. . . 1000

11
11
11
11

11
11
...
...

...
...
...
...

...
...
...
...

700
800
900
1000

F18

1160 RPM MOTORS


Service Factors
HP 1.0 1.25 1.5 2.0 2.5

...
...
...
...

TYPE J SURE-FLEX
BTS FOR CLOSE COUPLED APPLICATIONS
FLANGES
Type

J flanges size 3 and 4 are die


cast of high-strength alloy and are
furnished bored-to-size for a slip fit on
a standard shaft. The 4G40A zinc
alloy used has a tensile strength of
41,000 psi. Sizes 5 and 6 are made of
high-strength cast iron and are boredto-size for slip fit on standard shafts.
The outside diameter of the flange is
machined so the surface can be used
to check alignment without a special
tool. Type J flanges can be used with
sleeves of any construction except
the Hytrel. Each flange has a keyseat
and 2 setscrews.

COUPLINGS

Type J Sure-Flex Couplings are


bored-to-size. Normally, they employ
the one-piece JE sleeve, or the onepiece JES sleeve with saw cut to
permit replacement where there is
insufficient gap between shafts.
Spacing between internal flange hubs
equals G. Spacing between shafts
should be greater than 1/8 in. and
less than L minus .85 times the sum
of the two bore diameters.
To order complete couplings, specify
coupling size with flange symbol (J)
giving bore and keyseat. Refer to
page F13 to order the required
coupling.

DIMENSIONS (in.)
STOCK BORES*
Product
No.
3J
4J
5J
6J

Dimensions
C
51/64
55/64
1-3/64
1-5/16

D
2.062
2.460
3.250
4.000

E
13/32
27/64
29/64
9/16

G
3/8
5/8
3/4
7/8

H
1-1/2
1-5/8
1-7/8
2-1/2

L
1-31/32
2-11/32
2-27/32
3-1/2

T
25/64
7/16
19/32
3/4

X
5/8
5/8
59/64
1-3/32

Wt.
(lbs.)
3/8
0.3 X
0.4
0.9
1.2

(Inches)
1/2
X
X
X

5/8
X
X
X
X

3/4
X
X
X
X

7/8 15/16 1
X
X X X
X X X
X X X

Max
Bore 9
1-3/8
1-1/8 1-3/16 1-1/4
7/8 ...
1 ...
1-1/8 ...
X
X X
X X 1-3/8 ...

Millimeters
11
X
...
...
...

12
X
...
...
...

14
X
X
...
...

15
X
X
...
...

16
X
X
...
...

19
X
X
...
...

20 24 25
X X X
... ... ...
... ... ...

*We do not recommend reboring the 3J and 4J Flanges. See page F113 for standard keyseat
dimensions & F110 for bore tolerances.
Approximate weight for each flange.

F19

TYPE S SURE-FLEX
BTS FOR CLOSE COUPLED APPLICATIONS

FLANGES
Type S flanges are made of highstrength cast iron and are bored-tosize for slip fit on standard shafts.
They are easy to install and remove,
and are available from stock in a
wide range of bore sizes. Type S
couplings may be used with any of
the sleeves shown on page F15.

Bore Tolerances for


Types J and S Flanges,
SC Hubs
These bores provide a slip fit.

Bore (in.)
Up to and
including 2
Over 2

Tolerance (in.)
+ .0005 to + .0015
+ .0005 to +.0020

DIMENSIONS (in.)

5S 1-11/32
1-5/8
6S 1-5/16
1-9/16

DIMENSIONS
D

3.250
4.000
4.000
4.000

29/64
17/32
17/32
25/32

23/32
7/8
7/8
7/8

7S 1-27/32 4.625 11/16

1-7/8 2-13/16
2-1/2 3-1/2
2-1/2 3-1/2
2-13/16 4

Wt.
(lbs.)
T

19/32
25/32
25/32
25/32

31/32
1-3/32
1-3/32
1-3/32

STOCK BORES
Inches
1/2
5/8
3/4
13/16
7/8
15/16
1
1 1/16
1 1/8
1 3/16
1 1/4
1 5/16
1 3/8
1 7/16
1 1/2
1 9/16
1 5/8
1 11/16
1 3/4
1 7/8
1 15/16
2
2 1/16
2 1/8
2 3/16
2 1/4
2 3/8
2 7/16
2 1/2
2 5/8
2 3/4
2 7/8
3
3 3/8
3 7/16
3 5/8
3 7/8
3 15/16

Coupling
Size C

1.1 o X X X X X X X X X X
1.9
oX X X XX XX X X X X X
1.8
1.8

1 2-13/16 3-15/16 25/32 1-5/16

2.6

8S

2-3/32 5.450 3/4 1-1/8 3-1/4 4-7/16 29/32 1-1/2


1-15/16 5.450 1-1/32 1-1/8 3-1/4 5 29/32 1-1/2

4.4
3.7

9S

2-13/32 6.350 25/32 1-7/16 3-5/8 5-1/16 1-1/32 1-3/4


2-9/32 6.350 1-1/4 1-7/16 4-1/8 6 1-1/32 1-3/4

6.8
6.2

oX XX X

10.5
9.8
16.6
16.4
26.6

oX

2-23/32
2-11/16
3-7/16
11S
3-1/16
12S 4
10S

7.500
7.500
8.625
8.625
10.000

13/16
1-15/32
1-1/8
1-9/16
1-9/32

1-5/8
1-5/8
1-7/8
1-7/8
2-5/16

4-3/8 5-11/16 1-7/32 2


4-3/4 7 1-7/32 2
5-1/4 7-1/8 1-1/2 2-3/8
5-5/8 8 1-1/2 2-3/8
5-3/4 8-1/4 1-11/16 2-11/16

oX
o

18.875

4-3/4

X
X X
X

X X XX X X XX X X X XX X X

X
X

X X X XX X XX X X X X X X X X XX X XX X
X

X XX

X X

X X X

X X

X X

XX
o X

X
X

14-1/4 2-3/4 4-1/4 125.3

X in the chart denotes finished bore with keyseat and 2 setscrews; O is plain bore suitable for reboring.
Approximate weight for each flange.

F110

XX X XX X XX X X X X
X
XX X X XX X X XX X XX X X XX

13S 4-3/8 11.750 1-5/16 2-11/16 6-3/4 9-1/4 1-31/32 3-1/16 45.2
14S 4-1/2 13.875 1-1/16 3-1/4 7-1/2 9-7/8 2-1/4 3-1/2 69.1
16S

o
o

X X XX X
X X X X XX X
X X X
X

TYPE S SURE-FLEX
BTS FOR CLOSE COUPLED APPLICATIONS

COUPLINGS
Type S Sure-Flex couplings are
normally supplied with the twopiece E sleeve. However, any of the
sleeves shown on page F15 can
be used with Type S flanges.
Spacing between internal flange
hubs equals L minus 2 times C.
Spacing between shafts should be
greater than 1/8 in. and less than L
minus .85 times the sum of the two
bore diameters.
To order complete couplings,
specify coupling size with flange
symbol (S) giving bore and keyseat.
Refer to page F13 to order the
required coupling.

DIMENSIONS (in.)
STOCK BORES
Millimeters

Max. Bore

SHALLOW KEYSEAT DIMENSIONS

Standard Shallow
14 15 16 19 20 24 25 28 30 32 35 38 42 45 48 50 52 55 60 65 70 80 90 Keyseat Keyseat

Bore

K.S.

X X X XX X X X
X

Key

Bore K.S.

Bore

K.S.

Key

...

...

...

...

...

...

...

...

...

...

1-3/16

1-1/4

1-1/4

1/4 X 1/16

XX X X X XX X X

1-7/16

1-1/2

...

...

...
...
1-5/8

1-3/4
1-7/8
1-7/8

1-1/2 & 1-5/8


...
1-7/8

3/8 X 1/8
...
1/2 X 1/8

...
...
3/8 x 5/16 X 1-3/4 3/8 X 1/16 3/8 X 1/4 X 1-1/4 ...
...
...
...
...
1-7/8 1/2 X 1/8 1/2 X 3/8 X 1-9/16
1/2 X 3/8 X 1-7/8 ...
...
...
...
...
...

1-15/16
...

2-1/4
2-3/8

2-1/8
...

1/2 X 3/16
...

1/2 X 7/16 X 2-1/8 ...


...
...
...
...
2-3/8 5/8 X 1/8 5/8 X 7/16 X 1-7/8 ...

...
...

...
...

2-1/2
...

2-3/4
2-7/8

...
2-7/8

...
3-/4 X 1/8

...
3/4 X 1/2 X 2-1/4

...
...

...
...

...
...

2-3/4
...

3-1/8
3-3/8

2-7/8
...

3/4 X 1/4
...

3/4 X 5/8 X 2-3/4 ...


...
...
...
3-3/8 7/8 X 3/16 7/8 X 5/8 X 2-5/8

...
...

...
...

...
...

3-3/8
...

3-7/16
3-7/8

3-7/16
3-7/8

7/8 X 3/16
1 X 1/4

7/8 X 5/8 X 3-7/16 ...


1 X 3/4 X 3
...

X X X X X 3-7/8

3-15/16

...

...

...

4-1/2

...

...

...

...

...

...

X X X XX X X X
X X XX X X X X
X

XX

X X X X

XX X X X X XX X XX
X X X X

X X

1/4 X 3/16 X 1-3/8 ...

Key

...

...

...
...

...
...

...
...

...
...

...
...

...
...

...
...

...
...

...

...

...

...

...

...

...

...

...

...

...

...

...

...

...

...

...

...

...

...

5-1/2
6
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
See charts on page F113
Some large bore Type S flanges are supplied with shallow keyseats. In these cases, a rectangular key is furnished. The bores involved are listed above.
1-5/8 for 1-1/2 bore, 1-5/16 for 1-5/8 bore.

...

F111

TYPE B BUSHED-FLEX
QD FOR CLOSE COUPLED APPLICATIONS
FLANGES
Type B flanges are made of highstrength cast iron the same as Types
S, C and SC Sure-Flex flanges. Type
B, however, is designed to
accommodate Woods Sure-Grip
Bushing for easy installation and
removal.

BUSHINGS
Sure-Grip Bushings offer convenient
mounting of the flange to the shaft
securely without setscrews. They
are tapered and are split through
both the bushing flange and taper to
provide a clamp fit, eliminating
wobble, vibration and fretting
corrosion. This is the same bushing
used in Woods sheaves and pulleys
and is readily available everywhere.

DIMENSIONS (in.)
Product Bushing
No.
Required

Dimensions
E

Max. *
Bore

15/
32

2
2

7/
8

2 11/16
3 3/16

1 1/8
1 7/16

3 3/8
3 1/2
4 1/16
4 3/4

25/
32

1 1/4
1 13/16

4.000
4.625
5.450
6.350

1 1/32

1 3/32
1 5/16
1 1/2
1 3/4

1 1/4
1 1/4
1 5/8
1 15/16

1.4
1.9
2.9
4.8

.8
.8
1.0
1.5

1 7/8
2
2 5/8
3 5/8
3 5/8
4 1/2

7.500
8.625
10.000
11.750
13.875
18.875

23/
32

3 7/8
4 5/8
6
6 5/8
6 5/8
7 1/4

1 5/8
1 7/8
2 5/16
2 11/16
3 1/4
4 3/4

5 1/2
6 1/4
7 1/2
8 3/4
9 7/8
12 3/4

1 7/32
1 1/2
1 11/16
1 31/32
2 1/4
2 3/4

2 1/2
2 15/16
3 1/2
3 15/16
3 15/16
4 1/2

7.8
12.0
18.0
31 .2
51.4
120.0

2.0
3.5
9.0
14.0
14.0
22.0

C1

C2

1
1

6B
7B
8B
9B
10B

JA
JA
SH
SD
SK

1 7/32
1 5/8
1 29/32
2 1/4
1 15/16

11B
12B
13B
14B
16B

SF
E
F
F
J

2 3/16
2 23/32
3 3/4
3 3/4
4 13/16

*Maximum bore with keyseat.

F112

Weight
(lbs.)
Flange Bushing

15/
32
9/
16
5/
8

11/
16
29/
32

1 1/16
1 1/16
1 1/4

Approximate weight for each flange.

25/
32
29/
32

2 3/8
2 11/16
3
3 1/2
4 1/4

TYPE B BUSHED-FLEX
QD FOR CLOSE COUPLED APPLICATIONS

COUPLINGS
Type B Sure-Flex Couplings are
normally supplied with the twopiece E sleeve, and can use any
EPDM or Neoprene sleeves. DO
NOT use Hytrel sleeves with Type B
couplings.
Spacing between internal flange
hubs equals L minus 2 times C.
Spacing between shafts should be
greater than 1/8 in. and less than G.
To

order

complete

couplings,

specify coupling size with flange


symbol (B) and bushing. Refer to
page F13 to order the required
coupling. Refer to charts below for
bushings.

Standard Keyseat Dimension

SURE-GRIP BUSHING
KEYSEAT DIMENSIONS (in.)
Bushing

JA

Bores

1/
2

1/
16

1
1/
2

SH

11 /
16

1
1

SD

7/
8

5/
8

SK

1/
16

1/
32

Standard
3/
8

11 /
16

Standard
3/
8

1/
8

13/
16

1/
2

1/
8

1/
2

1/
16

Bores

1/
2

SF

15/
16

5/
1

13/
16

15/
16

7/
8

Standard

15/
16

7/
8

Standard

5/
16

3
3

7/
8

1/
2

9/
16

1/
8

1/
16

5/
8

7/
8

3/
16

3/
32

5/
8

1/
16

15/
16

1/
4

1/
8

3/
4

1/
16

5/
16

3/
8

5/
16

5/
32

3/
4

1/
32

7/
16

3/
4

3/
8

3/
16

1/
2

7/
8

13/
16

15/
16

3/
16

1/
4

1/
2

1/
8

13/
16

1/
2

5/
8

7/
16

5/
16

1/
16

5/
8

No K.S.

15/
16

9/
16

7/
8

44

13/
16

5/
16

1/
16

13/
16

1x

1/
2

1/
4

1/
4

1/
2

1/
4

5/
8

5/
16

3/
4

3/
8

7/
8

7/
16

1/
2

5/
16

13/
16

1/
8

9/
16

1/
2

1/
4

5/
8

9/
16

1/
2

1/
2

3/
4

Standard
1x

3/
8

1x

1/
8

1/
4

3/
4

3/
16

No K.S.

Standard
7/
8

1/
8

Standard

3/
4

Depth

3/
16

1/
4

Width

3/
4

5/
16

Shaft Dia.

5/
8

1/
4

13

No K.S.

1/
8

1/
4

1
6 2 /2
9
3
2 /16 2 /4

Keyseat

1/
16

3/
4

Bushing

No K.S.

1/
2

1/
4
1/
4

3/
8

Standard
3/
16

1/
4

7/
16

1/
2

Keyseat

3/
4

1/
2

F113

TYPE SC SPACER COUPLINGS


BTS - CONVENTIONAL SPACER DESIGN

BTS - CONVENTIONAL SPACER DESIGN

The table below shows assembled


dimensions of Sure-Flex Type SC
Spacer Couplings. For dimensions
of separate components, refer to
page F115.

Coupling
Size
4JSC
5SC
6SC
7SC

Required
Distance
Between
Shafts
3-1/2
3-1/2
3-1/2
4-3/8
5
3-1/2
4-3/8
5
3-1/2

8SC

4-3/8
5
3-1/2
4-3/8

9SC

10SC

11SC

5
7
7-3/4
4-3/4
5
7
7-3/4
10
4-3/4
5
7
7-3/4
10
7

12SC
13SC
14SC

7-3/4
10
7-3/4
7-3/4

Use
Flange
No.
4JSC35
5SC35
6SC35
6SC44
6SC50
7SC35
7SC44
7SC50
8SC35
8SC35-10
8SC44
8SC50
8SC50-10
9SC35
9SC44
9SC50
9SC50-11
9SC70-11
9SC78-11
10SC48
10SC50
10SC70-13
10SC78-13
10SC100-13
11SC48
11SC50
11SC70-14
11SC78-14
11SC100-14
12SC70
12SC70-14
12SC78
12SC78-14
12SC100-14
13SC78
14SC78

Use
Hub
No.
....
5SCH
6SCH-6SCHS
6SCH-6SCHS
6SCH-6SCHS
7SCH-7SCHS
7SCH-7SCHS
7SCH-7SCHS
8SCH-8SCHS
10SCH-10SCHS
8SCH-8SCHS
8SCH-8SCHS
10SCH-10SCHS
9SCH-9SCHS
9SCH-9SCHS
9SCH-9SCHS
11SCH-11SCHS
11SCH-11SCHS
11SCH-11SCHS
10SCH-10SCHS
10SCH-10SCHS
13SCH-13SCHS
13SCH-13SCHS
13SCH-13SCHS
11SCH-11SCHS
11SCH-11SCHS
14SCH
14SCH
14SCH
12SCH-12SCHS
14SCH
12SCH-12SCHS
14SCH
14SCH
13SCH-13SCHS
14SCH

Max. Bore
Std. KS

Dimensions
D

L (2)

Wt.
(lbs.)

1-1/8 (1)
1-1/8
1-3/8
1-3/8
1-3/8
1-5/8
1-5/8
1-5/8
1-7/8
2-3/8
1-7/8
1-7/8
2-3/8
2-1/8
2-1/8
2-1/8
2-7/8
2-7/8
2-7/8
2-3/8
2-3/8
3-3/8
3-3/8
3-3/8
2-7/8
2-7/8
3-7/8
3-7/8
3-7/8
2-7/8
3-7/8
2-7/8
3-7/8
3-7/8
3-3/8
3-7/8

2.460
3.250
4.000
4.000
4.000
4.625
4.625
4.625
5.450
5.450
5.450
5.450
5.450
6.350
6.350
6.350
6.350
6.350
6.350
7.500
7.500
7.500
7.500
7.500
8.625
8.625
8.625
8.625
8.625
10.000
10.000
10.000
10.000
10.000
11.750
13.875

5-5/8
5-5/8
5-7/8
6-3/4
7-3/8
6-3/8
7-1/4
7-7/8
6-7/8
8-1/8
7-3/4
8-3/8
9-5/8
7-1/2
8-1/4
8-7/8
10-3/8
12-3/8
13-1/8
9-3/8
9-5/8
13-5/8
14-3/8
16-5/8
10-5/16
10-3/8
14-5/8
15-3/8
17-5/8
12-7/8
14-5/8
13-5/8
15-3/8
17-5/8
14-3/8
15-3/8

5/8
3/4
7/8
7/8
7/8
1
1
1
1-1/8
1-1/8
1-1/8
1-1/8
1-1/8
1-7/16
1-7/16
1-7/16
1-7/16
1-7/16
1-7/16
1-5/8
1-5/8
1-5/8
1-5/8
1-5/8
1-7/8
1-7/8
1-7/8
1-7/8
1-7/8
2-5/16
2-5/16
2-5/16
2-5/16
2-5/16
2-11/16
3-1/4

....
9/16
3/4
3/4
3/4
5/8
5/8
5/8
13/16
13/16
13/16
1-3/16
1-3/16
1-1/16
1-1/16
1-1/16
1-3/16
1-3/16
1-3/16
1-3/16
1-3/16
1-7/8
1-7/8
1-7/8
1-3/16
1-3/16
2
2
2
1-1/2
2
1-1/2
2
2
1-7/8
2

2.7
4.5
7.3
8.1
8.7
9.9
10.8
11.4
15.2
23.2
16.4
17.4
27.2
18.6
22.2
23.2
40.4
48.2
51.0
37.6
38.4
72.0
76.0
88.0
54.5
54.7
86.1
90.3
102.7
88.1
99.1
91.9
103.3
115.7
129.6
179.9

Approximate weight for completely assembled spacer coupling.


(1) 4JSC35 x 1-1/8 has shallow keyseat. (2) L dimension and weight will change if one or two short (HS) hubs used.
Note: Refer to page F115 to order specify components separately.

TYPE SC FLANGES AND HUBS


Tables on page F115 provide
dimensional information for flanges
and hubs used for Spacer Couplings.
For assembled dimensions, see table
above. Any of the sleeves shown on
page F15 may be used.
F114

TYPE SC FLANGES AND HUBS

BTS - CONVENTIONAL SPACER DESIGN

(ILLUSTRATION AND DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS SHOWN AT BOTTOM OF PAGE F114.)


Coupling
Size

Flange
No.

4JSC
5SC

4JSC35
5SC35
6SC35
6SC44
6SC50
7SC35
7SC44
7SC50
8SC35
8SC35-10
8SC44
8SC50
8SC50-10
9SC35
9SC44
9SC50
9SC50-11
9SC70-11
9SC78-11
10SC48
10SC50
10SC70-13
10SC78-13
10SC100-13
11SC48
11SC50
11SC70-14
11SC78-14
11SC100-14
12SC70
12SC70-14
12SC78
12SC78-14
12SC100-14
13SC78
14SC78

6SC
7SC

8SC

9SC

10SC

11SC

12SC
13SC
14SC

For
Distance
Between
Shafts*
3-1/8
3-1/2
3-1/2
4-3/8
5
3-1/2
4-3/8
5
3-1/2
3-1/2
4-3/8
5
5
3-1/2
4-3/8
5
5
7
7-3/4
4-3/4
5
7
7-3/4
10
4-3/4
5
7
7-3/4
10
7
7
7-3/4
7-3/4
10
7-3/4
7-3/4

For
Hub

Dimensions

...
5SCH
6SCH-6SCHS
6SCH-6SCHS
6SCH-6SCHS
7SCH-7SCHS
7SCH-7SCHS
7SCH-7SCHS
8SCH-8SCHS
10SCH-10SCHS
8SCH-8SCHS
8SCH-8SCHS
10SCH-10SCHS
9SCH-9SCHS
9SCH-9SCHS
9SCH-9SCHS
11SCH-11SCHS
11SCH-11SCHS
11SCH-11SCHS
10SCH-10SCHS
10SCH-10SCHS
13SCH-13SCHS
13SCH-13SCHS
13SCH-13SCHS
11SCH-11SCHS
11SCH-11SCHS
14SCH
14SCH
14SCH
12SCH-12SCHS
14SCH
12SCH-12SCHS
14SCH
14SCH
13SCH-13SCHS
14SCH

D
2.460
3.250
4.000
4.000
4.000
4.625
4.625
4.625
5.450
5.450
5.450
5.450
5.450
6.350
6.350
6.350
6.350
6.350
6.350
7.500
7.500
7.500
7.500
7.500
8.625
8.625
8.625
8.625
8.625
10.000
10.000
10.000
10.000
10.000
11.750
13.875

E
2-1/16
51/64
19/32
1-1/32
1-11/32
15/32
29/32
1-7/32
9/32
9/32
23/32
1-1/32
1-1/32
1/16
7/16
3/4
3/4
1-3/4
2-1/8
11/32
15/32
1-15/32
1-27/32
2-31/32
1/32
1/16
1-1/16
1-7/16
2-9/16
21/32
21/32
1-1/32
1-1/32
2-5/32
9/16
1/32

* Flanges can be mixed to form different Between-Shaft Dimensions. See chart page F116.
If using 10HS hub, 7/16-14NC x 2-1/4 long capscrew needed (not furnished).

H
2
2
2-1/2
2-1/2
2-1/2
2-13/16
2-13/16
2-13/16
3-1/4
4-3/8
3-1/4
3-1/4
4-3/8
3-5/8
3-5/8
3-5/8
5-1/4
5-1/4
5-1/4
4-3/8
4-3/8
6-1/8
6-1/8
6-1/8
5-1/4
5-1/4
6-1/2
6-1/2
6-1/2
5-3/4
6-1/2
5-3/4
6-1/2
6-1/2
6-1/8
6-1/2

Hub
No.

Max.
Bore

Plain
Bore

4JSC
5SC
6SC

5SCH
6SCH
6SCHS
7SCH
7SCHS
8SCH

1-1/8
1-1/8
1-3/8
7/8
1-5/8
7/8
1-7/8

...
1/2
5/8
...
5/8
...
3/4

8SCHS
9SCH

7/8
2-1/8

...
7/8

9SCHS
10SCH
10SCHS
11SCH
11SCHS
12SCH
12SCHS
13SCH
13SCHS
14SCH

1-1/2
2-3/8
1-5/8
2-7/8
1-7/8
2-7/8
2-1/2
3-3/8
2-1/2
3-7/8

...
1-1/8
...
1-1/8
...
1-3/8
...
1-3/8
...
1-5/8

7SC
8SC

9SC
10SC
11SC
12SC
13SC
14SC

Bore with Standard


Keyway & Set Screw
5/8 7/8 1 1-1/8*
5/8 3/4 7/8 1 1-1/8
3/4 7/8 1 1-1/8 1-1/41-3/8
7/8
7/8 1 1-1/8 1-3/8 1-1/2 1-5/8
7/8
7/8 1 1-1/8 1-3/8
1-1/2 1-5/8 1-3/4 1-7/8
7/8
1 1-1/8 1-3/8 1-1/2
1-5/8 1-3/4 1-7/8 2-1/8
1-1/8
1-5/8 1-7/8 2-1/8 2-3/8
1-1/8
1-7/8 2-1/8 2-3/8 2-7/8
1-1/8 1-5/8
2-1/8 2-3/8 2-7/8
2-3/8
2-3/8 2-7/8 3-3/8
2-1/8 2-3/8
2-3/8 2-7/8 3-3/8 3-7/8

FOR 4JSC the hub is an integral part of the flange. 4JSC x 1-1/8 has 1/4 x 1/16 shallow keyseat.
* See page F110 for bore tolerances F113 for std. keyseat dimensions.

T
7/16
19/32
23/32
23/32
23/32
25/32
25/32
25/32
29/32
29/32
29/32
29/32
29/32
1-1/32
1-1/32
1-1/32
1-1/32
1-1/32
1-1/32
1-7/32
1-7/32
1-7/32
1-7/32
1-7/32
1-1/2
1-1/2
1-1/2
1-1/2
1-1/2
1-11/16
1-11/16
1-11/16
1-11/16
1-11/16
1-31/32
2-1/4

1.3
1.3
2.0
2.4
2.7
2.5
3.0
3.3
3.7
3.5
4.3
4.8
5.5
4.1
5.9
6.4
7.0
10.9
12.3
9.8
10.2
14.5
16.5
22.5
12.5
12.6
16.3
18.4
24.6
23.4
21.3
25.3
23.4
29.6
38.4
55.2

Approximate weight for each flange.

STOCK BORES *
Coupling
Size

L
2-1/2
1-11/16
1-5/8
2-1/16
2-3/8
1-5/8
2-1/16
2-3/8
1-5/8
1-5/8
2-1/16
2-3/8
2-3/8
1-11/16
2-1/16
2-3/8
2-3/8
3-3/8
3-3/4
2-1/4
2-3/8
3-3/8
3-3/4
4-7/8
1-1/2
1-9/16
2-9/16
2-15/16
4-1/16
2-15/32
2-15/32
2-27/32
2-27/32
3-31/32
3-1/4
2-23/32

Wt.
(lbs.)

Dimensions

Wt.
(lbs.)

Cap Screws
Furnished

1-1/16
1-3/32
1-7/32
31/32
1-15/32
1-3/32

2
2
2-1/2
2-1/2
2-13/16
2-13/16

...
410 x 1-1/2
41/4 x 1-3/4
41/4 x 1-1/2
41/4 x 1-7/8
41/4 x 1-1/2

...
.8
1.4
1.1
2.0
1.5

1-23/32
1-7/32

3-1/4
3-1/4

45/16 x 2-1/4
45/16 x 1-3/4

3.2
2.0

1-31/32
1-17/32
2-11/32
1-21/32
2-23/32
1-29/32
2-31/32
2-17/32
3-11/32
2-15/32
3-27/32

3-5/8
3-5/8
4-3/8
4-3/8
5-1/4
5-1/4
5-3/4
5-3/4
6-1/8
6-1/8
6-1/2

43/8 x 2-3/4
43/8 x 2-1/4
47/16 x 3-1/4
47/16 x 2-1/2
41/2 x 3-1/2
41/2 x 2-3/4
45/8 x 4
45/8 x 3-1/2
45/8 x 4-1/2
45/8 x 3-1/2
45/8 x 5

4.2
3.7
7.4
5.5
12.2
9.3
16.6
14.1
19.9
16.0
24.2

Approximate weight for each hub.

F115

BETWEEN SHAFT SPACINGS AVAILABLE

Spacer couplings are available having the most


popular between shaft dimensions. Other
spacings can be achieved by mixing flanges.

3-1/2
4-3/8
5
7
7-3/4
10

Use Flanges*

Spacing

Use Flanges*

2-(
2-(
2-(
2-(
2-(
2-(

3-15/16
4-1/4
4-11/16
5-1/4
5-5/8
5-11/16
6
6-1/16
6-3/8
6-3/4
7-3/16
7-3/8
7-1/2
8-1/2
8-7/8

SC35 & SC44


SC35 & SC50
SC44 & SC50
SC35 & SC70
SC35 & SC78
SC44 & SC70
SC50 & SC70
SC44 & SC78
SC50 & SC78
SC35 & SC100**
SC44 & SC100**
SC70 & SC78
SC50 & SC100
SC70 & SC100
SC78 & SC100

) SC35
) SC44
) SC50
) SC70
) SC78
) SC100

SEMI-SPACER

COMBINATION

STANDARD
Spacing

The Standard column provides spacings using


identical flanges; the Combination column mixes
flanges; the column headed Semi-Spacer uses
one flange that is not made for spacer coupling
applications and thus does not have a detachable
hub.

Spacing
1-7/8
2-5/16
2-5/8
3-5/8
4
5-1/8

* Check individual coupling size for flange availability.


** Non-Stock
Note: Other combinations available consult factory.

F116

Use Flanges*
S & SC35
S & SC44
S & SC50
S & SC70
S & SC78
S & SC100

TYPE C SURE-FLEX

CLAMP HUB SPACER DESIGN


Hytrel sleeves. However, any of the sleev
shown on page F15 can be used. Type
couplings may often be used where spa
couplings are required.
Spacing between internal flange hu
equals G.
To order complete couplings, spec
coupling size with flange symbol (C), giv
bore required. Refer to page F13 to or
the required coupling.

A
Dimensions
D

4.000
4.625

1.16
1.41

5.450

1.59

6.350
7.500
8 625

1.97
2.28
25

7/8
3
1-1/16 3-1/4

4-3/4
5-7/16

1
1-3/16

1-1/8

3-7/8

6-1/ 8

1-3/8

1-7/16 4-1/4
1-11/16 5
1 7/8 5 3/8

7-7/16
8-11/16
9 7/ 8

1-9/16
1-13/16
2 1/8

DIMENSIONS (in.)
Flange
Size
6C
7C
8C
9C
10C
11C
12C

Stock Bores

1-1/8, 1-7/8, 40mm


1-3/8, 1-7/8, 35mm, 40mm
1-3/8, 1-5/8, 1-3/4, 1-7/8,
2-1/8, 2-1/4, 2-3/8, 40mm
1-5/8, 1-3/4, 1-7/8, 2,
2-1/8, 2-1/4, 2-3/8, 2-1/2
1-5/8, 1-7/8, 2-1/4, 2-3/8, 2-1/2
2-1/8, 2-3/8, 2-1/2
2-1/ 8

Distance
Maximum Bore
Min.
Between
Bore Standard Shallow
Shafts
Keyseat Keyseat Min. Max.
7/8
1-1/8

1-5/8
1-7/8

1-7/8

2
2-5/16

2-3/4
3-7/16

1-3/8

2-1/4

2-3/8

2-9/16

1-5/8
1-5/8
1-7/8
1-7/8

2-1/2
2-7/8
3-3/8
3-3/ 8

2-11/16

3-1/16
3-9/16
4-1/8
4-7/8

4-5/8
5-1/4
5-7/8
6-1/2

Approx.
Wt.
(lbs.)*

Dimensions
C

1-15/16 4.000
2-3/16 4.625

1.16
1.41

7/8
3
1-1/16 3-1/4

4-3/4
5-7/16

1
1-3/16

2.6
3.6

5.450

1.59

1-1/8

3-7/8

6-1/ 8

1-3/8

6.5

3
6.350
3 -1/2 7.500
4
8.625
4-3/8 10.000

1.97
2.28
2.5
2.69

1-7/16 4-1/4
1-11/16 5
1-7/8 5-3/8
2-3/8
6

7-7/16
8-11/16
9-7/ 8
11-1/8

1-9/16
1-13/16
2-1/8
2-3/8

9.8
16.6
26.0
38.3

2-1/2

For Standard keyseat dimensions, see chart page F113. * Weight of one flange.

Bore Tolerances for


Type C Flanges
These bores provide a slip fit.

Bore (in.)

Tolerance (in.)

Up to and
including 2

+.0005 to +.0015

Over 2

+.0005 to +.0020

Shallow Keyseat Dimensions


Some large bore Type C flanges are supplied with shallow keyseats. In these cases,
a rectangular key is furnished. The flanges and bores involved are as follows:

Size

Bore Range

KS

Key Furnished

6C
8C
9C

1-11/16 to 1-7/8
2-5/16 to 2-3/8
2-7/16 to 2-11/16

1/2 X 1/16
5/8 x 1/16
5/8 x 3/16

1/2 x 5/16 x 1-15/16


5/8 x 3/8 x 2-1/2
5/8 x 1/2 x 3
F117

SURE-FLEX COUPLINGS
Installation Instructions
Sure-Flex flanges (outer metallic parts) and sleeves (inner
elastomeric members) come in many sizes and types. First,
determine the size and type of components being used.
Remove all components from their boxes, and loosely
assemble the coupling on any convenient surface. (Do not
attempt to install the wire ring on the two-piece E or N sleeve
at this time.) Also check maximum RPM values in the table
against operating speed. All rubber sleeves (EPDM and
Neoprene) have the same ratings for a given size and may be
used interchangeably. However, because rubber and Hytrel
sleeves have completely different ratings, they never should be
used interchangeably.
Inspect all coupling components and remove any protective
coatings or lubricants from bores, mating surfaces and
fasteners. Remove any existing burrs, etc. from the shafts.
Slide one coupling flange onto each shaft, using snugfitting keys where required. When using Type B flanges,
follow the instructions furnished with the Sure-Grip bushing.
Position the flanges on the shafts to approximately achieve
the Y dimension shown in the table. It is usually best to
have an equal length of shaft extending into each flange. Move
one flange to its final position. Torque fasteners to proper
values. Slide the other flange far enough away to install the
sleeve. With a two-piece sleeve, do not move the wire ring to its
final position; allow it to hang loosely in the groove adjacent to
the teeth.

Check angular alignment with a micrometer or caliper.


Measure from the outside of one flange to the outside of
the other at intervals around the periphery of the coupling.
Determine the maximum and minimum dimensions without
rotating the coupling. The difference between the maximum
and minimum must not exceed the figure given under Angular
in the table. If a correction is necessary, be sure to recheck the
parallel alignment.

1
2
3

Parallel

MAXIMUM RPM AND ALLOWABLE


MISALIGNMENT
Sleeve Maximum
Size
RPM
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
16

Slide the loose flange on the shaft until the sleeve is


completely seated in the teeth of each flange. (The Y
dimension is for reference and not critical.) Secure the flange
to the shaft. Different coupling sleeves require different degrees
of alignment precision. Locate the alignment values for your
sleeve size and type in the table.
Check parallel alignment by placing a straight-edge across
the two coupling flanges and measuring the maximum
offset at various points around the periphery of the coupling
without rotating the coupling. If the maximum offset exceeds
the figure shown under Parallel in the table, realign the shafts.

4
5

F118

Angular

9200
7600
7600
6000
5250
4500
3750
3600
3600
2800
2400
2200
1500

(Dimensions in inches)
Types JE, JN,
JES, JNS, E & N
Parallel Angular
.010
.010
.015
.015
.020
.020
.025
.025
.032
.032
.040
.045
.062

.035
.043
.056
.070
.081
.094
.109
.128
.151
.175
.195
.242
.330

Y
1.188
1.500
1.938
2.375
2.563
2.938
3.500
4.063
4.875
4.688
6.688
7.750
10.250

*Type H & HS

Parallel Angular
...
...
...
.010
.012
.015
.017
.020
.022
.025
.030
.035
...

...
...
...
.016
.020
.025
.028
.032
.037
.042
.050
.060
...

Y
...
...
...
2.375
2.563
2.938
3.500
4.063
4.875
5.688
6.625
7.750
...

Note: Values shown above apply if the actual torque


transmitted is more than 1/4 the coupling rating. For
lesser torque, reduce the above values by 1/2.
*Type H and HS sleeves should not be used as direct
replacements for EPDM or Neoprene sleeves.

If the coupling employs the two-piece sleeve with the wire


ring, force the ring into its groove in the center of the sleeve.
It may be necessary to pry the ring into position with a blunt
screwdriver.

Install coupling guards per OSHA requirements.

CAUTION: Coupling sleeves may be thrown from the coupling


assembly with substantial force when the coupling is
subjected to a severe shock load or abuse.

DURA-FLEX COUPLINGS
SECTION
F2

Patent No. 5,611,732

FEATURES

Designed from the ground up using finite element analysis to maximize flex life.
Easy two piece element installation. No need to move the hubs during replacement.
One spacer size to handle most different between shaft spacings.
Light weight element absorbs shock loading and torsional vibration.
Same hubs used on both spacer and standard elements.
No lubrication.
Good chemical resistance.
Stock bore-to-size (BTS), Sure-Grip bushed (QD) and Taper-Lock bushed (TL) Hubs.

The specially designed split-in-half element can be easily


replaced without moving any connected equipment.

Taper-Lock is a registered tradename of Rockwell Automation-Dodge.


F21

DURA-FLEX COUPLING SELECTION


A. Determine the Prime Mover Classification
Prime Mover

Class

Electric Motors (Standard duty), Hydraulic Motors, Turbines


Gasoline or Steam Engines (4 or more cylinders)
Diesel or Gas Engines, High Torque Electric Motors

A
B
C

B. Determine the Load Characteristics and the Service Factor


Typical Applications

Load

Agitators (pure liquids), Blowers (centrifugal, Can and Bottle


Filling Machines, Conveyors - uniformly loaded or fed (belt,
chain, screw), Fans (centrifugal), Generators (uniform load),
Pumps (centrifugal), Screens (air washing, water), Stokers
(uniform load), Woodworking Machines (planers, routers, saws)

Uniform

Characteristics
Even loads - no shock - non
reversing - infrequent starts (up
to 10 per hour) - low starting
torques

Beaters, Blowers (lobe, vane), Compressors (centrifugal, rotary), Moderate Uneven loads - moderate shock
Conveyors - non uniformly loaded or fed (belt, bucket, chain,
shock Infrequent reversing-moderate
screw), Dredge Pumps, Fans (forced draft, propeller), Kilns,
torques
Paper Mills (calendars, converting machines, conveyors, dryers,
mixers, winders), Printing Presses, Pumps (gear, rotary),
Shredders, Textile Machinery (dryers, dyers)
Cranes (bridge, hoist, trolley), Fans (cooling tower), Generators
(welding), Hammer Mills, Mills (ball, pebble, rolling, tube,
tumbling), Pumps (oil well), Wire Drawing Machines

Heavy
shock

Uneven loads - heavy shock frequent starts and stops - high


starting torques - high inertia
peak loads

Prime Mover
Class
A
B
C

1.0

1.5

2.0

1.5

2.0

2.5

2.0

2.5

3.0

Note: The above applications depict the generally accepted conditions encountered in industry. Conditions subject to extreme
temperatures, abrasive dusts, corrosive liquids, excessively high starting torques, etc., must be considered as extra heavy
shock loads. These conditions will increase service factors. Consult TB Woods for these selections.

C. Calculate Design Horsepower or Design Torque


If Prime Mover is a 1160, 1750, or 3500 rpm motor.
Design Hp = Prime Mover HP x Service Factor
Go to page F23 and reference the corresponding motor rpm column.
If Prime Mover is not one of the three speeds listed above.
Design HP @ 100 rpm = (Primer Mover Hp x Service Factor x 100) / Coupling RPM
Go to page F23 and reference HP @ 100 RPM column.
If Using Prime Mover Torque
Design Torque = Prime Mover Torque x Service Factor
Go to page F23 and reference Torque column.

D. Select Coupling (DURA-FLEX Couplings are sold by component)


A DURA-FLEX Assembly consists of one element (STD or Spacer) and two hubs (BTS or QD). Optional high speed rings may also
be ordered for spacer elements. Below is an ordering example for Dura-Flex Couplings.
Part #
Element (1)
Hubs (2)
HS Rings (1)
F22

WE2 - WE80
WES2 - WES80
WE[2-80] x Bore
WE[4-80] - Bushing
WE[3-80] - TL Bushing
WE[20-80]R

Description
Standard element, sizes 2 through 80
Spacer element, sizes 2 through 80
BTS hubs - stock bore (specify bore size)
QD hubs (sizes 4 through 80, bushing not included)
TL hubs (sizes 3 through 80, bushing not included)
High speed rings - sizes 20-80 (standard for sizes 2-10)

Size 20 Example
WE20
WES20
WE20H138
WE20H
WE20HTL
WE20R

DURA-FLEX COUPLING SELECTION

(continued)

COUPLING RATINGS (STD & SPACER)


3500

Torque
(IN LBS)

Stiffness
in lbs/
Radian

Standard

10.55
20.27
30.54
51.37
80.52
127.73
202.70
305.43
424.83
694.17
1229.20
2194.50

190
365
550
925
1450
2300
3650
5500
7650
12500
22125
39500

3170
4710
5370
9820
15800
27600
42200
65200
123000
167000
205000
305000

7500
7500
7500
7500
7500
6600
5800
5000
4200
3800
3600
2000

HP @ RPM

Coupling
Size

100

1160

1750

WE2
WE3
WE4
WE5
WE10
WE20
WE30
WE40
WE50
WE60
WE70
WE80

.30
.58
.88
1.48
2.30
3.65
5.79
8.85
12.14
19.84
35.12
62.70

3.50
6.72
10.12
17.02
26.69
42.33
67.18
101.23
140.80
230.07
407.39
727.32

5.28
10.13
15.27
25.68
40.26
63.86
101.35
152.72
212.42
347.08
614.60
1097.30

Maximum Rpm
Spacer*

Max. Misalignment
Parallel

Angular

1/16
1/16
1/16
1/16
1/16
3/32
3/32
3/32
3/32
1/8
1/8
1/8

4
4
4
4
4
3
3
3
3
2
2
2

7500
7500
7500
7500
7500
4800
4200
3600
3100
2800
2600
1800

*Maximum spacer RPM = Maximum standard RPM if using optional high speed rings. Operating temperature range is 40 F to 200 F.

BTS HUBS - STOCK BORES


BORE SIZE PRODUCT NO.*
1/2
12
5/8
58
3/4
34
7/8
78
15/16
15/16
1
1
1-1/16
1116
1-1/8
118
1-3/16
1316
1-1/4
114
1-5/16
1516
1-3/8
138
1-7/16
1716
1-1/2
112
1-9/16
1916
1-5/8
158
1-11/16
11116
1-3/4
134
1-7/8
178
1-15/16
11516
2
2
2-1/8
218
2-3/16
2316
2-1/4
214
2-3/8
238
2-1/2
212
2-5/8
258
2-3/4
234
2-7/8
278
3-3/8
338
3-3/4
334
3-7/8
378
4
4
4-3/8
438
4-7/8
478
MAX BORE

WE2H
O
X
XS
XS

WE3H
O
X
XS
XS

XS

XS

XS

XS

WE4H

WE5H

WE10H

WE20H

WE30H

WE40H

O
X

XS

XS

XS

XS
X
X

XS

XS

XS

XS

XS

XS
X
X
XS
X
S
X

XS
X
XS
XS
X
X
XS
X
XS
XS

XS
X
XS
XS

XS

WE50H

WE60H

WE70H

WE80H

OX
XS
X
XS
XS
X
X
X
XS
X
X
X
XS
X

XS
XS

X
X
XS
X
X
X
XS
X
X
XS
X
X
XS

XS
XS

X
X

XS
XS

O
X

XS
XS
XS

X
XS
X

X
X

XS
XS

XS
XS
XS

X
X
X

X
X

X
X

X
X

X
X
X
X

X
1-1/8

1-3/8

1-11/16

1-7/8

2-1/8

2-3/8

O NO KEYSEAT
X STANDARD KEYSEAT
S STEEL HUB OPTION
MAX. BORE INCLUDES STANDARD KEYSEAT
* PRODUCT NUMBER EXAMPLE

WE5H114 for WE5 x 1-1/4 HUB


WE5HS118 for WE5 x 1-1/8 STEEL HUB

2-7/8

3-3/8

3-5/8

4-1/2

X
6

BORE TOLERANCES (BTS)


BORE SIZE
UP TO AND INCLUDING 2
OVER 2

TOLERANCE
+.0005 to +.0015
+.0005 to +.0020

F23

DURA-FLEX BTS COUPLINGS


Assembly Dimensions for BTS Couplings.
(All dimensions in inches)

Minimum Shaft Spacing = .25

Dimensions Common to BTS Standard and Spacer Assemblies


SIZE
WE2
WE3
WE4
WE5
WE10
WE20
WE30
WE40
WE50
WE60
WE70
WE80

&
&
&
&
&
&
&
&
&
&
&
&

WES2
WES3
WES4
WES5
WES10
WES20
WES30
WES40
WES50
WES60
WES70
WES80

Max. Bore

3.70
4.24
4.52
5.40
6.48
7.36
8.41
9.71
11.34
12.53
14.00
16.00

1.85
2.32
2.6
3.13
3.65
4.48
5.42
6.63
8.13
8.75
9.25
11.3

0.94
1.50
1.69
1.75
1.88
2.06
2.31
2.50
2.75
3.25
3.62
4.87

1-1/8
1-3/8
1-5/8
1-7/8
2-1/8
2-3/8
2-7/8
3-3/8
3-5/8
4
4-1/2
6

Standard Element Assembly


Product
No.*

OAL
MAX

OAL
MIN

Maximum
DBSE

Weight
lbs.

WE2
WE3
WE4
WE5
WE10
WE20
WE30
WE40
WE50
WE60
WE70
WE80

3.78
4.32
4.68
5.30
5.57
6.82
7.61
8.16
9.21
10.70
11.00
14.75

3.22
3.80
3.82
4.32
4.13
4.30
4.63
5.08
5.79
6.44
7.20
9.30

1.90
1.32
1.30
1.80
1.81
2.70
2.99
3.16
3.71
4.20
4.86
6.64

1.5
3.3
4.4
7.4
11.2
16.3
27.7
45.4
59.0
82.6
109.0
242.0

* Product number is element only.

Spacer Element Assembly


Product
No.*

OAL
MAX

OAL
MIN

Maximum
DBSE

Weight
lbs.

WES2
WES3
WES4
WES5
WES10
WES20
WES30
WES40
WES50
WES60
WES70
WES80

5.72
8.02
8.38
8.50
8.76
11.17
11.65
11.89
12.31
16.28
16.81
19.73

5.72
7.28
7.28
7.28
7.28
9.35
9.35
9.35
9.35
12.40
12.50
12.50

4.04
5.02
5.00
5.00
5.00
7.05
7.03
6.89
6.81
9.78
9.57
9.77

2.5
4.8
6.1
9.4
13.6
19.2
31.0
48.9
63.5
91.0
128
258

* Product number is element only.

Sizes WES2 through WES10 are furnished


with high speed rings. All larger sizes, rings
can be ordered as an option.
All weights shown are with MPB style hubs.

Shaft Spacing from 1/4 up to the MAX DBSE can be accomodated by positioning hubs IN or OUT or by using various existing hole
patterns. OAL - Over All Length does Not include bolt heads

F24

DURA-FLEX QD BUSHED COUPLINGS


Assembly Dimensions for QD Bushed Couplings.
(All dimensions in inches)

Minimum Shaft Spacing = .25

Dimensions Common to QD Bushed Standard and Spacer Assemblies


SIZE
WE4
WE5
WE10
WE20
WE30
WE40
WE50
WE60
WE70
WE80

&
&
&
&
&
&
&
&
&
&

WES4
WES5
WES10
WES20
WES30
WES40
WES50
WES60
WES70
WES80

Bushing

Max. Bore

4.52
5.40
6.48
7.36
8.41
9.71
11.34
12.53
14.00
16.00

2.60
3.13
3.65
4.48
5.42
6.63
8.13
8.75
9.25
11.3

1.00
1.25
1.31
1.88
2.00
2.63
2.63
3.63
4.50
6.75

JA
SH
SDS
SK
SF
E
E
F
J
M

1-1/4
1-11/16
2
2-5/8
2-15/16
3-1/2
3-1/2
4
4-1/2
5-1/2

Standard Element Assembly


Product
No.*

OAL
MAX

OAL
MIN

Maximum
DBSE

Weight
lbs.

WE4
WE5
WE10
WE20
WE30
WE40
WE50
WE60
WE70
WE80

3.88
4.50
4.95
6.37
5.94
6.75
7.88
8.88
10.47
14.72

3.24
4.24
3.83
4.38
5.43
6.50
6.61
8.68
10.12
13.97

1.88
1.88
2.31
2.62
2.19
1.74
2.89
1.96
1.72
1.47

3.8
6.0
8.8
15.9
25.1
47.0
48.0
79.4
124
268

* Product number is element only.

Spacer Element Assembly


Product
No.*

OAL
MAX

OAL
MIN

Maximum
DBSE

Weight
lbs.

WES4
WES5
WES10
WES20
WES30
WES40
WES50
WES60
WES70
WES80

7.58
7.71
8.14
10.72
9.98
10.48
10.98
14.46
15.41
17.85

7.28
7.28
7.28
9.35
9.35
9.35
9.35
12.40
12.50
14.35

5.58
5.08
5.50
6.97
6.23
5.47
5.99
7.54
6.65
4.60

5.5
8.0
11.2
18.8
28.4
50.5
52.5
106.8
143
284

* Product number is element only.

Sizes WES4 through WES10 are furnished


with high speed rings. All larger sizes, rings
can be ordered as an option.
All weights shown are with MPB bushings.

Shaft Spacing from 1/4 up to the MAX DBSE can be accomodated by positioning hubs IN or OUT or by using various existing hole
patterns. OAL - Over All Length does Not include bolt heads

F25

DURA-FLEX Taper-Lock BUSHED COUPLINGS


Assembly Dimensions for Taper-Lock Bushed Couplings.
(All dimensions in inches)

Minimum Shaft Spacing = .25

Dimensions Common to Taper-Lock Bushed Standard and Spacer Assemblies


SIZE
WE3
WE4
WE5
WE10
WE20
WE30
WE40
WE50
WE60
WE70
WE80

&
&
&
&
&
&
&
&
&
&
&

WES3
WES4
WES5
WES10
WES20
WES30
WES40
WES50
WES60
WES70
WES80

Bushing

Max. Bore

4.24
4.52
5.40
6.48
7.36
8.41
9.71
11.34
12.53
14.00
16.00

2.32
2.60
3.13
3.65
4.48
5.42
6.63
8.13
8.75
9.25
11.3

0.88
0.88
0.88
1.00
1.00
1.25
1.75
1.75
2.00
3.50
4.00

TL1008
TL1008
TL1108
TL1310
TL1610
TL2012
TL2517
TL2517
TL3020
TL3535
TL4040

1
1
1-1/8
1-7/16
1-11/16
2-1/8
2-11/16
2-11/16
3-1/4
3-15/16
4-7/16

Standard Element Assembly


Product
No.*

OAL

Maximum
DBSE

Weight
lbs.

WE3
WE4
WE5
WE10
WE20
WE30
WE40
WE50
WE60
WE70
WE80

3.44
3.44
3.94
4.06
4.50
5.06
5.88
6.50
7.31
9.38
11.75

1.69
1.69
2.19
2.06
2.50
2.56
2.38
3.00
3.31
2.38
3.75

1.8
2.6
4.0
6.0
9.0
13.6
21.8
31.5
46.6
66.7
82.0

* Product number is element only.

Spacer Element Assembly


Product
No.*

OAL
MAX

OAL
MIN

WES3
WES4
WES5
WES10
WES20
WES30
WES40
WES50
WES60
WES70
WES80

7.28
7.28
7.28
7.28
9.35
9.35
9.59
9.59
12.90
14.34
14.84

7.28
7.28
7.28
7.28
9.35
9.35
9.35
9.35
12.40
12.50
14.35

Maximum Weight
DBSE
lbs.
5.38
5.38
5.38
5.25
6.87
6.60
6.11
6.11
8.90
7.34
6.84

3.2
4.2
6.0
7.9
11.9
18.0
26.8
37.4
60.7
81.4
93.2

* Product number is element only.


Taper-Lock is a registered tradename of Rockwell Automation-Dodge.

F26

Sizes WES3 through WES10 are furnished


with high speed rings. All larger sizes, rings
can be ordered as an option.
All weights shown are with MPB bushings.

DURA-FLEX METRIC COUPLINGS

Patent No. 5,611,732

FEATURES

Metric Hardware
Designed from the ground up using finite element analysis to maximize flex life.
Easy two piece element installation. No need to move the hubs during replacement.
One spacer size to handle most different between shaft spacings.
Light weight element absorbs shock loading and torsional vibration.
Same hubs used on both spacer and standard elements.
No lubrication.
Good chemical resistance.

The specially designed split-in-half element can be easily


replaced without moving any connected equipment.

Taper-Lock is a registered tradename of Rockwell Automation-Dodge.

F27

DURA-FLEX METRIC COUPLING SELECTION

A. Determine the Prime Mover Classification


Prime Mover

Class

Electric Motors (Standard duty), Hydraulic Motors, Turbines


Gasoline or Steam Engines (4 or more cylinders)
Diesel or Gas Engines, High Torque Electric Motors

A
B
C

B. Determine the Load Characteristics and the Service Factor


Typical Applications
Agitators (pure liquids), Blowers (centrifugal, Can and Bottle
Filling Machines, Conveyors - uniformly loaded or fed (belt,
chain, screw), Fans (centrifugal), Generators (uniform load),
Pumps (centrifugal), Screens (air washing, water), Stokers
(uniform load), Woodworking Machines (planers, routers, saws)

Load
Uniform

Characteristics
Even loads - no shock - non
reversing - infrequent starts (up
to 10 per hour) - low starting
torques

Beaters, Blowers (lobe, vane), Compressors (centrifugal, rotary), Moderate Uneven loads - moderate shock
Conveyors - non uniformly loaded or fed (belt, bucket, chain,
shock Infrequent reversing-moderate
screw), Dredge Pumps, Fans (forced draft, propeller), Kilns,
torques
Paper Mills (calendars, converting machines, conveyors, dryers,
mixers, winders), Printing Presses, Pumps (gear, rotary),
Shredders, Textile Machinery (dryers, dyers)
Cranes (bridge, hoist, trolley), Fans (cooling tower), Generators
(welding), Hammer Mills, Mills (ball, pebble, rolling, tube,
tumbling), Pumps (oil well), Wire Drawing Machines

Heavy
shock

Uneven loads - heavy shock frequent starts and stops - high


starting torques - high inertia
peak loads

Prime Mover
Class
A
B
C

1.0

1.5

2.0

1.5

2.0

2.5

2.0

2.5

3.0

Note: The above applications depict the generally accepted conditions encountered in industry. Conditions subject to extreme
temperatures, abrasive dusts, corrosive liquids, excessively high starting torques, etc., must be considered as extra heavy
shock loads. These conditions will increase service factors. Consult TB Woods for these selections.

C. Calculate Design Horsepower or Design Torque


If Prime Mover is a 970, 1450, or 3000 rpm motor.
Design KW = Prime Mover KW x Service Factor
Go to page F29 and reference the corresponding motor rpm column.
If Prime Mover is not one of the three speeds listed above.
Design KW @ 100 rpm = (Primer Mover KW x Service Factor x 100) / Coupling RPM
Go to page F29 and reference KW @ 100 RPM column.
If Using Prime Mover Torque
Design Torque = Prime Mover Torque x Service Factor
Go to page F29 and reference Torque column.

F28

DURA-FLEX METRIC COUPLING


SELECTION (continued)

D. DURA-FLEX Couplings are sold by component


A DURA-FLEX Assembly consists of one element (STD or Spacer) and two hubs (BTS or QD). Optional high
speed rings may also be ordered for spacer elements. Below is an ordering example for Dura-Flex Couplings.

Part #

Description

Size 20 Example

Element (1)

WE2M WE80M
WES2M WES80M

Standard Metric Element, sizes 2 through 80


Spacer Metric Element, sizes 2 through 80

WE20M
WES20M

Hubs (2)

WE[2-80] MPB
WE[3-80] TL Bushing

BTS Hubs MPB suitable to rebore


TL Hubs (sizes 3 through 80, bushing not included)

WE20MMPB
WE20MTL

HS Rings (1)

WE[20-80]R

High speed rings sizes 20-80 (standard for sizes 2-10)

WE20RM

COUPLING RATINGS (STD & SPACER)


Coupling
Size

KW @ RPM
100

970

1450

3000

WE2M
0.22
2.17
3.24
6.71
WE3M
0.43
4.20
6.27
12.98
WE4M
.66
6.37
9.52
19.69
WE5M
1.10 10.71 16.00
33.11
WE10M 1.72 16.64 24.87
51.45
WE20M 2.72 26.40 39.47
81.65
WE30M 4.32 41.88 62.61 129.53
WE40M 6.60 64.01 95.69 197.98
WE50M 9.05 87.81 131.27 271.58
WE60M 14.79 143.51 214.52 443.84
WE70M 26.19 254.03 379.74 785.67
WE80M 46.76 453.53 677.95 1402.66

Torque Stiffness
(Nm) NM/RAD

21.47
41.24
62.14
104.5
163.8
259.9
412.4
621.4
864.3
1412
2500
4463

358
532
607
1110
1790
3120
4770
7370
13900
18900
23200
34500

Maximum Rpm
Standard Spacer*

7500
7500
7500
7500
7500
6600
5800
5000
4200
3800
3600
2000

7500
7500
7500
7500
7500
4800
4200
3600
3100
2800
2600
1800

Max. Misalignment
Parallel
(MM)

1.6
1.6
1.6
1.6
1.6
2.4
2.4
2.4
2.4
3.2
3.2
3.2

Angular

4
4
4
4
4
3
3
3
3
2
2
2

*Maximum spacer RPM = Maximum standard RPM if using optional high speed rings

F29

DURA-FLEX METRIC BTS COUPLINGS


Assembly Dimensions for BTS Couplings.
(All dimensions in millimeters)

Minimum Shaft Spacing = 6.35mm

Dimensions Common to BTS Standard and Spacer Assemblies


SIZE

Max Bore

WE2M & WES2M


WE3M & WES3M
WE4M & WES4M
WE5M & WES5M
WE10M & WES10M
WE20M & WES20M
WE30M & WES30M
WE40M & WES40M
WE50M & WES50M
WE60M & WES60M
WE70M & WES70M
WE80M & WES80M

94
108
115
137
165
187
214
247
288
318
356
406

47
59
66
80
93
114
138
168
207
222
235
287

24
38
43
44
48
52
59
64
70
83
92
124

29
35
41
48
54
60
73
86
92
102
114
152

Standard Element Assembly


Product
No.

OAL
MAX

OAL
MIN

Maximum
DBSE

Weight
kg

WE2M
WE3M
WE4M
WE5M
WE10M
WE20M
WE30M
WE40M
WE50M
WE60M
WE70M
WE80M

96
110
119
135
141
173
193
207
234
272
279
375

82
97
97
110
105
109
118
129
147
164
183
236

48
34
33
46
46
69
76
80
94
107
123
169

.07
1.5
2.0
3.4
5.1
7.4
12.6
20.6
26.8
37.5
49.4
110

* Product number is element only.

Spacer Element Assembly


Product
No.

OAL
MAX

OAL
MIN

Maximum
DBSE

Weight
kg

WES2M
WES3M
WES4M
WES5M
WES10M
WES20M
WES30M
WES40M
WES50M
WES60M
WES70M
WES80M

145
204
213
216
223
284
296
302
313
414
427
501

145
185
185
185
185
237
237
237
237
315
318
318

103
128
127
127
127
180
180
175
173
248
243
248

1.1
2.2
2.8
4.3
6.2
8.7
14.1
22.2
28.8
41.3
58.1
117

Sizes WES2M through WES10M are


furnished with high speed rings. All larger
sizes, rings can be ordered as an option.
All weights shown are with MPB style hubs.

* Product number is element only.


Shaft Spacing from 6.35 mm up to the MAX DBSE can be accomodated by positioning hubs IN or OUT or by using various existing
hole patterns. OAL Over All Length does Not include bolt heads.

F210

DURA-FLEX METRIC Taper-Lock


BUSHED COUPLINGS
Assembly Dimensions for Taper-Lock Bushed Couplings.
(All dimensions in millimeters)

Minimum Shaft Spacing = 6.35 mm

Dimensions Common to Taper-Lock Bushed Standard and Spacer Assemblies


SIZE

Bushing

Max Bore

WE3M & WES3M


WE4M & WES4M
WE5M & WES5M
WE10M & WES10M
WE20M & WES20M
WE30M & WES30M
WE40M & WES40M
WE50M & WES50M
WE60M & WES60M
WE70M & WES70M
WE80M & WES80M

108
115
137
165
187
214
247
288
318
356
406

59
66
80
93
114
138
168
207
222
235
287

22
22
22
25
25
32
44
44
51
89
102

TL1008
TL1008
TL1108
TL1310
TL1610
TL2012
TL2517
TL2517
TL3020
TL3535
TL4040

26
26
29
36
44
55
68
68
82
100
113

Standard Element Assembly


Product
No.

OAL

Maximum
DBSE

Weight
kg

WE3M
WE4M
WE5M
WE10M
WE20M
WE30M
WE40M
WE50M
WE60M
WE70M
WE80M

87
87
100
103
114
129
149
165
186
238
298

43
43
56
52
64
65
60
76
84
60
95

0.8
1.2
1.8
2.7
4.1
6.2
9.9
14.3
21.1
30.3
37.2

* Product number is element only.

Spacer Element Assembly


Product
No.

OAL
MAX

OAL
MIN

Maximum
DBSE

Weight
kg

WES3M
WES4M
WES5M
WES10M
WES20M
WES30M
WES40M
WES50M
WES60M
WES70M
WES80M

185
185
185
185
237
237
244
244
328
364
377

185
185
185
185
237
237
237
237
315
318
318

137
137
137
133
174
168
155
155
226
186
174

1.5
1.9
2.7
3.6
5.4
8.2
12.2
17.0
27.5
36.9
42.3

Sizes WES3M through WES10M are


furnished with high speed rings. All larger
sizes, rings can be ordered as an option.
All weights shown are with MPB bushings.

* Product number is element only.


Taper-Lock is a registered Trademark of Rockwell Automation - Dodge
Shaft Spacing from 6.35 mm up to the MAX DBSE can be accomodated by positioning hubs IN or OUT or by using various existing
hole patterns. OAL Over All Length does Not include bolt heads.

F211

We Have A Product for ALL Your Coupling Needs


Besides the full line of stock DURA-FLEX couplings
Woods has other stock coupling lines that may fill your application.

Sure-Flex

Operates in shear
No lubrication
Four-way flexibility
Easy installation

Up to 115 HP
@ 100 rpm

Gear Couplings
High Torque Capacity
Torsionally Stiff
Good Inherent Balance
Rated for Higher Speeds
Many Types and Configurations

Up to 2714 HP
@ 100 rpm

Jaw Couplings

Form-Flex
All metal construction
No lubrication
Wide temperature range
Zero backlash
API offering

Economical
No maintenance
Industry standard
Large inventories

Up to 3175 HP
@ 100 rpm

Up to 30 HP
@ 100 rpm

JAW TYPE ELASTOMERIC COUPLINGS

SECTION
F3
L-JAW
Straight Jaw
100% interchangeable with
industry standard
4 Insert materials available
Large selection of sizes

C-JAW
Straight Jaw
Uses individual cushions
For higher torque loads
Cushions easily replaced

F31

JAW COUPLING SELECTION


Determine the Prime Mover Classification
Prime Mover

Class

Electric Motors (Standard duty), Hydraulic Motors, Turbines


Gasoline or Steam Engines (4 or more cylinders)
Diesel or Gas Engines, High Torque Electric Motors

A
B
C

Determine the Load Characteristics and the Service Factor


Typical Applications

Load

Characteristics

Prime Mover
Class
A
B
C

Agitators (pure liquids), Blowers (centrifugal, Can and Bottle


Uniform Even loads - no shock - non
Filling Machines, Conveyors - uniformly loaded or fed (belt,
reversing - infrequent starts (up to
chain, screw), Fans (centrifugal), Generators (uniform load),
10 per hour) - low starting torques
Pumps (centrifugal), Screens (air washing, water), Stokers
Up to 8 hours per day
1.0 1.5
2.0
(uniform load), Woodworking Machines (planers, routers, saws)
Over 8 hours per day
1.5 2.0
2.5
Beaters, Blowers (lobe, vane), Compressors (centrifugal, rotary), Moderate Uneven loads - moderate shock
Conveyors - non uniformly loaded or fed (belt, bucket, chain,
shock Infrequent reversing-moderate
screw), Dredge Pumps, Fans (forced draft, propeller), Kilns,
torques
Paper Mills (calendars, converting machines, conveyors, dryers,
Up to 8 hours per day
1.5 2.0
2.5
mixers, winders), Printing Presses, Pumps (gear, rotary),
Over 8 hours per day
2.0 2.5
3.0
Shredders, Textile Machinery (dryers, dyers)
Cranes (bridge, hoist, trolley), Fans (cooling tower), Generators
Heavy Uneven loads - heavy shock (welding), Hammer Mills, Mills (ball, pebble, rolling, tube,
shock frequent starts and stops - high
tumbling), Pumps (oil well), Wire Drawing Machines
starting torques - high inertia
peak loads
Up to 8 hours per day
2.0 2.5
3.0
Over 8 hours per day
2.5 3.0
3.5
Note: The above applications depict the generally accepted conditions encountered in industry. Conditions subject to extreme
temperatures, abrasive dusts, corrosive liquids and dusts. Excessively high starting torques, etc., must be considered as
extra heavy shock loads. These conditions will increase service factors. Consult factory for these selections.

Calculate Design Horsepower or Design Torque


If Prime Mover is a 1200, 1800, or 3600 rpm motor.
Design Hp = Prime Mover HP x Service Factor
Go to page F33 and reference the corresponding motor rpm column.
If Prime Mover is not one of the three speeds listed above.
Design Hp @ 100 rpm = (Primer Mover Hp x Service Factor x 100) / Coupling RPM
Go to page F33 and reference HP @ 100 RPM column.
If Using Prime Mover Torque
Design Torque = Prime Mover Torque x Service Factor
Go to page F33 and reference Torque column.

Jaw Couplings are sold by component


Below is an ordering example for each Jaw style coupling.
All listed components must be ordered to receive a complete coupling.
Components

F32

L-JAW
Product No.

Description

Driver Hub
Driven Hub

L09958
L09912NK

L099 x 5/8
L099 x 1/2

Insert

L099N

L099 Buna-N

Cover

none

none

no keyseat

C-JAW
Product No.
Description
C280178
C280158

C280 x 1-7/8
C280 x 1-5/8

C280N

C280 Buna-N

C280CH

C280 Cover

(contains 6 cushions)
w/ hardware

TORQUE - HORSEPOWER RATINGS

L-JAW TYPE
PRODUCT
NO.

MAX
BORE

MAX
RPM

TORQUE
IN. LBS

L035
L050
L070
L075
L090
1. L095
L099
2. L100
L110
L150
L190
L225
L276

3/8
5/8
3/4
7/8
1
1-1/8
1-3/16
1-7/16
1-5/8
1-7/8
2-1/8
2-5/8
2-7/8

31000
18000
14000
11000
9000
9000
7000
7000
5000
5000
5000
4600
4200

3.5
26.3
43.2
90.0
144.0
194.0
318.0
417.0
792.0
1240.0
1726.0
2340.0
4716.0

BUNA-N SPIDER (N)


HP PER
HP/SPEEDS (RPM)
100 RPM
1200
1800
3600

0.006
0.042
0.069
0.143
0.228
0.308
0.505
0.662
1.257
1.967
2.739
3.713
7.483

0.07
0.50
0.82
1.71
2.74
3.69
6.05
7.94
15.08
23.61
32.86
44.55
89.79

0.10
0.75
1.23
2.57
4.11
5.54
9.08
11.91
22.62
35.41
49.29
66.83
134.69

0.20
1.50
2.47
5.14
8.23
11.08
18.16
23.82
45.24
70.83
98.59
133.66
269.38

TORQUE
IN. LBS.

HYTREL SPIDER (H)


HP PER
HP/SPEED (RPM)
100 RPM
1200
1800
3600

50.0
114
227
401
561
792
1134
2268
3708
4680
6228

0.079
0.181
0.360
0.636
0.890
1.257
1.799
3.599
5.883
7.426
9.882

0.95
2.17
4.32
7.64
10.68
15.08
21.59
43.18
70.60
89.11
118.58

1.43
3.26
6.48
11.45
16.02
22.62
32.39
64.77
105.90
133.66
177.87

2.86
6.51
12.97
22.91
32.04
45.24
64.77
129.55
211.80
267.32
355.74

WARNING: DO NOT USE BRONZE INSERT OVER 250 RPM.

* BRONZE INSERTS HAVE SAME RATING AS HYTREL INSERTS.


* URETHANE INSERTS RATINGS MULTIPLY BUNA-N INSERT BY 1.5.
1. USES L090 SPIDERS
2. USES L099 SPIDERS

C-JAW TYPE
PRODUCT
NO.

MAX
BORE

MAX
RPM

TORQUE
IN. LBS

C226
C276
C280
C285
C295
C2955

2-1/2
2-7/8
3
4
3-1/2
4

4800
4200
3500
3200
2300
2300

2988.0
4716.0
7560.0
9182.0
11340.0
18900.0

BUNA-N CUSHION SET (N)


HP PER
HP SPEEDS (RPM)
100 RPM
1200
1800
3600

4.700
7.500
12.000
14.600
18.000
30.000

56.40
90.00
144.00
175.20
216.00
360.00

84.60
135.00
216.00
262.80
324.00
540.00

169.20
270.00
432.00
525.60
648.00
1080.00

SPIDER CHARACTERISTICS
CHARACTERISTICS
OIL RESISTANCE
CHEMICAL RESISTANCE
FLEXIBILITY
TEMPERATURE
F
RANGE
C
TORSIONAL STIFFNESS
AVERAGE HARDNESS
(SHORE NUMBER)
MAX. MISALIGNMENT
ANGULAR
PARALLEL
AVAILABILITY L-JAW
C-JAW

BUNA-N (N)

URETHANE (U)

HYTREL (H)

BRONZE (B)

GOOD
POOR
EXCELLENT
40 TO +212
40 TO +100
FULL SOFT

GOOD
GOOD
GOOD
30 TO +160
35 TO +71
MEDIUM SOFT

EXCELLENT
EXCELLENT
FAIR
60 TO +250
51 TO +121
HARD

EXCELLENT
EXCELLENT
POOR
40 TO +450
40 TO +232
HARD

80A

90A

55D

1
.015
X
X

1
.015
X

1/2
.015
X

1/2
.010
X

TO ORDER SPIDER
OR CUSHION SET
SPECIFY THE
COUPLING SIZE WITH
THE MATERIAL
SUFFIX.
EXAMPLE:
L150H =
HYTREL SPIDER FOR
L150 COUPLING

F33

STOCK BORES
STOCK L-JAW INCH HUBS
BORE
(IN.)

PRODUCT
NO.

1/8
3/16
1/4
5/16
3/8
7/16
1/2
9/16
5/8
11/16
3/4
7/8
15/16
1
1 1/16
1 1/8
1 3/16
1 1/4
1 5/16
1 3/8
1 7/16
1 1/2
1 9/16
1 5/8
1 11/16
1 3/4
1 13/16
1 7/8
1 15/16
2
2 1/16
2 1/8
2 3/16
2 1/4
2 3/8
2 1/2
2 5/8
2 7/8

18
3/16
14
5/16
38
7/16
12
9/16
58
11/16
34
78
15/16
1
1116
118
1316
114
1516
138
1716
112
1916
158
11116
134
11316
178
11516
2
2116
218
2316
214
238
212
258
278

0 NO KEYSEAT

L035
0
0
X
0
X

L050

L070

L075

L090

X
0
X
X
X
1
X

X
X
X
X
X
1
X
1
1

X
0
X
X
X
X
1
1
1
1

X
X
X
X
X
1
1
1
X
1
1
1

L095

L099

L100

X
X
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

X
X
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

X
X
X
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

1
1

L110

L150

L190

L225

1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

X
1
1
1

X
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

1
1
1

1
1
1

1
1
1

1
1
1
1
1
1
1

1
1
1

1
1
1

1
1
1
1
1
1

L276

1
1
1

1
1
1
1
1

1 STANDARD KEYSEAT

X NO KEYSEAT OR STANDARD KEYSEAT

Product Number Example L09012 for L090 x 1/2 HUB


NOTE: L-JAW Hubs also available in aluminum contact factory.

BORE TOLERANCES

F34

BORE SIZE

TOLERANCE

UP TO AND
INCLUDING 2

+.0005
+.0015

OVER 2

+.0005
+.0020

Standard Keyseat Dimensions


Shaft Dia.

Width

Depth

1/2 - 9/16
5/8 - 7/8
15/16 - 1-1/4
1-5/16 - 1-3/8

1/8
3/16
1/4
5/16

1/16
3/32
1/8
5/32

1-7/16 - 1-3/4
1-13/16 - 2-1/4
2-5/16 - 2-3/4
2-13/16 - 3-1/4

3/8
1/2
5/8
3/4

3/16
1/4
5/16
3/8

3-5/16 - 3-3/4
3-13/16 - 4-1/2
4-9/16 - 5-1/2
5-9/16 - 6-1/2

7/8
1
1-1/4
1-1/2

7/16
1/2
5/8
3/4

STOCK BORES
STOCK L-JAW METRIC BORE HUBS
BORE
(MM)

PRODUCT
NO.

5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
22
24
25
28
30
32
35
38
40
42
45
48
50
55
60
65

5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
22
24
25
28
30
32
35
38
40
42
45
48
50
55
60
65

0 NO KEYSEAT

L035

L050

L070

L075

L090

L095

L099

L100

L110

C-JAW HUBS
L150

L190

L225

L276

0
1
0

0
0
X
1
1
X
1

1
1
1
1
1

1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

1
1

1
1
1
1
1
1

1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

1
1

1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

1
1
1
1
1
1

1
1
1

1
1
1
1

1 STANDARD KEYSEAT

X NO KEYSEAT OR STANDARD KEYSEAT

Product Number Example C226212 for C226 x 2-1/2 HUB

BORE
SIZE
SOLID
1/8
3/16
1/4
5/16
3/8
7/16
1/2
9/16
5/8
11/16
3/4
7/8
15/16
1
1 1/16
1 1/8
1 3/16
1 1/4
1 5/16
1 3/8
1 7/16
1 1/2
1 9/16
1 5/8
1 11/16
1 3/4
1 7/8
1 15/16
2
2 1/8
2 1/4
2 3/8
2 1/2
2 5/8
2 7/8
3
3 3/8
3 1/2
3 5/8
3 3/4
3 7/8

PRODUCT
C226
NO.
S
18
3/16
14
5/16
38
7/16
12
9/16
58
11/16
34
78
15/16
1
1116
118
1316
114
1516
138
1716
112
1916
158
11116
134
178
11516
2
218
214
238
212
258
278
3
338
312
358
334
378

C276

C280

C285

C295

C2955

1
1

1
1
1

1
1

1
1

1
1

1
1

1
1
1
1

1
1
1

Standard Keyseat Dimensions

BORE TOLERANCES
BORE SIZE

TOLERANCE

UP TO AND
INCLUDING 2

+.0005
+.0015

OVER 2

+.0005
+.0020

Shaft Dia.

Width

Depth

1/2 - 9/16
5/8 - 7/8
15/16 - 1-1/4
1-5/16 - 1-3/8

1/8
3/16
1/4
5/16

1/16
3/32
1/8
5/32

1-7/16 - 1-3/4
1-13/16 - 2-1/4
2-5/16 - 2-3/4
2-13/16 - 3-1/4

3/8
1/2
5/8
3/4

3/16
1/4
5/16
3/8

3-5/16 - 3-3/4
3-13/16 - 4-1/2
4-9/16 - 5-1/2
5-9/16 - 6-1/2

7/8
1
1-1/4
1-1/2

7/16
1/2
5/8
3/4

F35

COUPLING DIMENSIONS

L-JAW DIMENSIONS
Coupling Hub
Size
Matl
L035
L050
L070
L075
L090
L095
L099
L100
L110
L150
L190
L225
L276

S.I.
S.I.
S.I.
S.I.
S.I.
S.I.
S.I.
S.I.
S.I.
S.I.
C.I.
C.I.
C.I.

OD

DIMENSIONS
HD
LTB
B

0.63
1.08
1.36
1.75
2.11
2.11
2.53
2.53
3.33
3.75
4.50
5.00
6.19

0.63
1.08
1.36
1.75
2.11
2.11
2.53
2.53
3.33
3.75
4.00
4.25
5.00

0.27
0.63
0.75
0.81
0.81
1.00
1.06
1.38
1.69
1.75
1.94
2.19
3.13

0.81
1.72
2.00
2.13
2.13
2.50
2.88
3.50
4.23
4.50
4.88
5.38
7.88

Weight
Lbs*

0.28
0.47
0.50
0.50
0.50
0.50
0.75
0.75
0.85
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.63

0.10
0.30
0.60
1.00
1.50
1.80
2.50
3.50
6.60
9.10
17.00
23.00
47.00

Weight
Lbs*

1.50
1.63
1.63
1.63
1.88
1.88

29.00
47.00
61.00
87.00
97.00
117.00

C-JAW DIMENSIONS
Coupling Hub
Size
Matl
C226
C276
C280
C285
C295
C2955

C.I.
C.I.
C.I.
C.I.
C.I.
C.I.

OD

HD

5.15
6.18
7.50
8.50
9.12
9.12

4.12
5.00
5.50
6.50
6.31
7.12

S.I. = Powdered metal

DIMENSIONS
LTB
B
2.75
3.12
3.12
3.75
3.75
4.25

7.00
7.87
7.87
9.13
9.38
10.38

C.I. = Cast Iron

*Weight of coupling assembly with minimum bores.


NOTE: L-JAW Hubs also available in aluminum contact factory.

F36

HD ELASTOMERIC COUPLINGS

SECTION
F4

Couplings require no lubrication and have proven to be technically superior, low in cost, simple in design, rugged,
corrosion resistant, and maintenance-free. These couplings will tolerate substantial misalignment, and control shock
loads. Replacement of the urethane rolls, if required, is a simple operation, taking a matter of minutes and involving no
special skills or tools. Installation and alignment is quick and easy.

ROLL UNDER
LIGHT LOAD.

ROLL UNDER
HEAVY LOAD.

The diagram above shows how


the coupling accommodates
parallel misalignment. Note the
black roll shifting position in its
pockets as the hubs rotate. The
action under angular misalignment can be seen from the
diagram at the right.

HOW IT WORKS
The Elastomeric line of couplings uses the strength
continuously roll and adjust their positions to
and resiliency of urethane, plus the rolling ability of the
accommodate whatever misalignment is present.
cylindrical elements, to transmit torque without causing
Increasing torque deforms the rolls bringing more and
lateral forces or moments to be applied to either shaft.
more urethane into play. This means that the torqueMisalignment is permitted by the generous clearances deflection characteristics of the coupling are non linear, a
within the metallic parts of the coupling. The urethane
fact that gives the coupling a distinct advantage in
rolls key the male and female hubs together and seek their
controlling torsional vibrations.
own position in the pockets formed by the hubs. They
F41

STANDARD SERIES HD
ELASTOMERIC COUPLINGS
The standard HD elastomeric coupling consists of one male and one female hub with a set of eight straight rolls.
This coupling is used for straight shaft connections. The hubs are cast iron. The rolls are made of urethane.
Finished bored coupling hubs are provided with a class 1 clearance fit, standard keyway, and setscrew over
the keyway.

RATED MISALIGNMENT: 2 DEGREES

SIZE
HD2
HD3
HD4
HD5
HD6
HD7
HD8

MAX BORE
MALE
FEMALE
0.88
1.00
1.18
1.38
1.63
1.88
2.25
2.50
2.75
3.00
3.75
3.93
5.13
5.50

A
3.00
4.09
5.38
7.00
8.38
11.00
15.25

DIMENSIONS IN INCHES
C
D
E
1.31
0.09
1.19
1.68
0.12
1.62
2.25
0.12
2.19
2.43
0.18
2.44
2.93
0.18
2.93
3.93
0.25
3.93
5.44
0.38
5.44

B
2.59
3.42
4.56
5.05
6.04
8.11
11.26

MAX RPM
F
1.50
2.00
2.75
3.50
4.25
5.75
8.00

G
1.75
2.25
3.00
4.00
4.75
6.25
8.50

3600
3600
3600
3600
2900
2100
1800

WEIGHT
LBS
2.25
5.25
11.00
23.00
41.00
88.00
250.00

PARALLEL
OFFSET-MAX
0.03
0.03
0.04
0.04
0.05
0.05
0.06

HD SERIES TORQUE RATINGS


SIZE
HD2
HD3
HD4
HD5
HD6
HD7
HD8

HEAVY DUTY (BLUE) ROLLS


RATED TORQUE
IN LBS
HP/100RPM
1000.00
1.59
3160.00
5.02
5540.00
8.79
15120.00
24.00
22000.00
34.92
54400.00
86.35
126000.00
2000.00

HD COUPLING SERVICE FACTOR GUIDE


TYPE OF LOAD
LIGHT
Uniform or steady load never exceeding horsepower
rating, infrequent starting, Agitators, Blowers, Conveyors,
Fans, Generators, Centrifugal pumps.
MODERATE
Heavy inertia, moderate shock, frequent starting. Peak loads
not to exceed 125% of average horsepower. Uneven loads. Rotary
pumps and compressors, Cranes, Mine and Propeller fans, Grinders,
Mixers, and Gear pumps.
HEAVY
Heavy shock conditions or frequent reversing. Peak loads exceed
125% of average horsepower. Reciprocating pumps and compressors,
Crushers, Millsrolling, hammer or ball, Vibrators, Punches, and shears.

F42

ELECTRIC MOTOR
OR STEAM TURBINE

ENGINEMORE
THAN 6 CYLINDERS

ENGINELESS
THAN 6 CYLINDERS

1.0

1.5

2.0

1.5

2.0

2.5

2.0

2.5

3.0

HD4CS ALL COMPOSITE FLOATING


SHAFT COUPLINGS
The HD4CS coupling is a high misalignment
coupling designed for cooling tower and
verticle pump drive applications up to 50HP.
This coupling uses TB Woods TrueTube
composite spacer tubing. The male and
female coupling halves are also made of
compression molded composite material.
Only the hubs and mounting hardware are
metal. Tightly fitted spherical urethane rolls
support the composite spacer assembly while
accomodating up to 2 degrees of continous
angular misalignment.

COUPLING DATA
RATED TORQUE:................................................. 3600 IN. LBS.
FREE END FLOAT:............................................... +/- .100
MAXIMUM DBSE:................................................. 162 INCHES
MAX INSTALLATION CLEARANCE:..................... 5 DEGREES
WEIGHTLBS @ 36 DBSE:................................ 16.1 LBS.
WEIGHTLBS ADD PER INCH:........................... 0.11 LBS.

RATINGS FOR COOLING TOWER OR CENTRIFUGAL


PUMP SERVICE WITH ELECTRIC MOTOR DRIVES
OPERTING SPEEDRPM
1800
1500
1200
1000
MAXIMUM HP
50
42
40
33
ANGULAR MISALIGNMENT
2.0 DEG
MAXIMUM DBSEINCHES*
HD4-CS2G (GLASS TUBE)
64
70
78
86
HD4-CS2R (HYBRID TUBE)
79
83
105
111
HD4-CS2B (CARBON TUBE)
95
104
116
127

CLASS
A
C
E

MATERIALS USED
HUB
HARDWARE
STEEL
STEEL
ZINC PLATED STEEL
304 STAINLESS STEEL
304 STAINLESS STEEL 304 STAINLESS STEEL

*CONSULT FACTORY FOR DBSE LONGER THAN 84 INCHES

HD FLYWHEEL COUPLING
The HD Flywheel coupling is designed for
use on close coupled engine driven
equipment. This coupling is designed with
limited clearance between the roll and the
male and female coupling halves to assure
long life when used with reciprocating
engine drivers. Heavy duty rolls are
long life when used with reciprocating
engine drivers. Heavy duty rolls are
standard on this series. The male half and
rolls may be installed blind into the female
half bolted to an engine flywheel.
Hubs are made of steel material.
Flywheel adapters are cast iron.

SIZE

*See page F525 for adapter details.

SIZE

HD5.5
HD6.5
HD7.5

RATED TORQUE
IN LBS
HP/100RPM
12000
22000
55440

19.0
34.9
88.0

HD5.5
HD6.5
HD7.5

WEIGHT
lbs
27.9
32.9
49.2

MAX
BORE

2.62
3.25
4.25

7.00
8.38
11.00

3.25
3.63
4.50

WR2
LB IN2
571.5
648.0
1071.0

TQ/RAD
X106 IN LBS/RAD
.120
.249
.786

MISALIGNMENT RATINGS
ANGULAR
PARALLEL
AXIAL
1 DEG.
+/-.020
+/-.060
1 DEG.
+/-.020
+/-.060
1 DEG.
+/-.020
+/-.060

DIMENSIONS IN INCHES
C
D
F
0.50
0.63
0.63

0.50
0.25
0.25

2.75
3.38
4.25

1.83
2.25
2.91

3.80
4.48
6.14

1.31
1.56
2.06

HD1 FLOATING SHAFT COUPLING


This couplling is a low cost floating shaft
design for general purpose use in low
horsepower applications. The spacer is
fabricated by welding male flanges to steel
tubing. The female rings are die cast zinc.
Barrel shaped urethane rolls are used
to support the floating spacer. Hubs are mild
steel. Consult factory for more information.

RATED TORQUE:

180 IN LBS

RATED MISALIGNMENT:

1.5 DEGREES PER FLEX

F43

FLEXIBLE MEMBER CHEMICAL RESISTANCE


Resistance to
Acetone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Ammonia, Anhydrous . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Ammonium Hydroxide Solutions . . . . . .
ASTM hydrocarbon test fluid . . . . . . . . .
ASTM oil No. 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ASTM oil No. 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ASTM reference fuel A. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ASTM reference fuel B. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ASTM reference fuel C. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Benzene . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Butane . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Carbon Tetrachloride . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Chlorobenzene . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Chloroform . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Chromic Acid, 10-50% . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dowtherm A Solvent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Ethyl Alcohol. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Ethylene Glycol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fuel Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Gasoline . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Glycerin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Hydraulic Oils . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Hydrochloric Acid, 20%. . . . . . . . . . . . .
Hydrogen Peroxide, 88-1/2%. . . . . . . . .
Isopropyl . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Kerosene . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Lacquer Solvents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Lubricating Oils. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Methyl Alcohol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Mineral Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Naphtha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Nitric Acid, 10% . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Nitrobenzene. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Phenol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Phosphoric Acid, 20%. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pickling Solution
(20% Nitric Acid, 4% HF) . . . . . . . .
Soap Solutions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sodium Hydroxide, 20% . . . . . . . . . . . .
Stearic Acid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sulfuric Acid, up to 50% . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sulfuric Acid, 50 to 80% . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tannic Acid, 10% . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Toluene. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Trichloroethylene. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Turpentine. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Water . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Xylene . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
A - Fluid has little or no effect
B - Fluid has minor to moderate effect
C - Fluid has severe effect
F44

Neoprene R

EPDM

Urethane

Hytrel

B
A
A(158F)
X
A
B(158F)
A
C
C
C
A
C
X
C
C
B
A(158F)
A(158F)
A
B
A(158F)
A
A
B
A
B
C
B(158F)
A(158F)
A
C
B
C
B
T

A
T
A
C
C
C
C
C
X
C
B
C
X
C
T
...
A
A
X
B-C
T
...
T
T
T
X
...
X
T
X
C
T
A
T
T

C
T
A
T
A(158F)
B(158F)
A
B(122F)
C
C(158F)
A
C(122F)
X
C
X
B
C
B
B
B
A
B
B
T
C
C
X
B
C
A
B
C
C
C
T

B
...
T
A
A
A
A
A
B
B
A
C
X
C
...
...
A
A
A
A
A
A
B
T
A
T
B
A
A
A
A
B
C
C
...

B-C
A(158F)
A
B(158F)
A(158F)
B-C
A
C
C
C
A(212F)
X

X
T
A
T
T
T
T
C
X
C
A(158F)
C

X
A
T
A
T
C
A
C(122F)
C
C
A(122F)
C

X
A
A
T
A
C
T
B
C
...
A(158F)
B

Registered Trademark of Dupont

T - No data; likely to be compatible


X - No data; not likely to be compatible
Blanks indicate that no evaluation has been attempted

SECTION
F5

FORM-FLEX
FLEXIBLE DISC
COUPLINGS

Long Life
Low Maintenance
Design Flexibility

F51

FORM-FLEX METAL DISC


FLEXIBLE COUPLINGS
Form-Flex couplings transmit torque while compensating for angular, parallel and axial misalignment between
two connected shafts. Flexible disc couplings minimize the misalignment forces on the connected equipment.
The Basic flex coupling consists of two hubs, a spacer and two flexible discs. The flex disc is an assembly of
thin metal laminations. In figure shown below, flex disc holes A & C are bolted to the hub and holes B & D are
bolted to the spacer. Torque is transmitted in direct tensions from A to B and from C to D through the flex disc.
Misalignment is taken through bending in the link between the bolt holes.

COOLING TOWER DRIVES

VERTICAL PUMP DRIVES

Form-Flex metal disc couplings are widely used in


cooling fan drive applications. Form-Flex 4 bolt disc
couplings offer more misalignment capacity than any
competing metal disc design.

For smaller towers up to about 100 inches DBSE, TB


Woods offers steel and composite spacer tubing
options. TrueTube composite torque tubes are lighter
than steel and eliminate thermal growth and vibration
problems.

Form-Flex composite floating shaft couplings are


recommended as a replacement for older
multi-section drivelines. Composite couplings can
span up to 240 inches without high maintenance
center support bearings.

F52

Form-Flex floating shaft couplings are a costeffective, maintenance free alternative to cardan
U-joints for vertical pump drivelines. Form-Flex
couplings are available with either steel or composite
spacer tubing. Composite spacer tubing can reduce
total cost by eliminating the need for bearings and
support structures.

FORM-FLEX METAL DISC


FLEXIBLE COUPLINGS
HIGH STRENGTH
STEEL FASTENERS

COMPLETE PRODUCT OFFERING


-TORQUE CAPACITY TO 3175 HP/100 RPM
-CLOSE COUPLE, SPACER AND FLOATING SHAFT DESIGNS

-NO MOVING PARTS


-ZERO BACKLASH

OVER 30 YEARS
EXPERIENCE IN
METAL DISC
COUPLINGS

HIGH STRENGTH
STAINLESS STEEL
FLEX DISCS
-HIGH TORSIONAL STIFFNESS
-NO LUBRICATION REQUIRED

APPLICATIONS
-PUMPS
-COMPRESSORS
-PRINTING

ALL METAL CONSTRUCTION


-FANS AND BLOWERS
-FOOD PROCESSING
-MACHINE TOOLS

-WIDE TEMPERATURE RANGE


-AVAILABLE IN CARBON OR STAINLESS STEEL
-COMPOSITE MATERIALS NOW AVAILABLE

TYPICAL APPLICATIONS
PUMPS
Form-Flex spacer and close couple designs are ideally
suited for all types of pump applications

ENGINE DRIVEN EQUIPMENT


Form-Flex heavy duty FSH series couplings are
commonly used to drive reciprocating compressors and
other engine driven equipment

PRINTING
Form-Flex couplings high torsional stiffness allows
precise registration for high quality printing lineshaft
applications

POSITIONING SYSTEMS
Zero backlash and high torsional stiffness make
Form-Flex the first choice for servo and stepper drives

F53

Form-Flex Flex Disc Designs

DISC STYLE

DESIGN FEATURES

4 BOLT
(A, M SERIES)

WHERE USED

Straight sided flex disc.

Ideal for general industrial applications with


motor or turbine drivers and smooth to
moderate load conditions.

1 degree angular misalignment.


Torque range: 35 LB. IN. to 30,240 LB. IN.

Low to moderate speed ranges.

Zero backlash.

Serve or stepper driven positioning systems.

All machined steel construction.

Applications where misalignment may be a


problem. 4 bold designs offer the highest
misalignment capacity of any metal disc
design.

Stainless steel flex discs.


Steel or stainless steel materials.
Minimum reaction forces.
6 BOLT
(B SERIES)

Not recommended for engine driven


applications.
Ideal for motor or turbine drivers with any
load conditions.

Straight sided disc.


0.7 degree angular misalignment.

Use for reversing, reciprocating or other


rough load conditions.

Torque range: 3050 LB. IN. to 233,000


LB. IN.

May be used with industrial engines driving


smooth loads.

Suitable for precision balancing.


Zero backlash.

Moderate to high speed ranges and


applications where dynamic balancing is
required.

All machined steel construction.


Stainless steel flex discs.

8 BOLT
(D, F, H SERIES)

Steel or stainless steel materials.

Consider 6 bolt where 4 bolt size requires


increasing coupling size to meet bore size
requirements.

Round disc design.

High torque-low speed applications.

0.3 degree angular misalignment.

Industrial engines driving reciprocating


equipment.

Torque range: 9500 LB. IN. to 2,000,000


LB. IN.

Heavy-duty reversing applications.


Custom designs for high torque applications.

Zero backlash.
Heavy duty cast construction.
Alloy or stainless steel flex discs.
Flywheel mount designs.

MATERIAL CLASSES
APPLIES TO 4 AND 6 BOLT DESIGNS
COUPLING

MATERIAL CLASS BY COMPONENT


HUB
SPACER ASSY
REPAIR KIT

DESCRIPTION

Mild steel hubs and spacer, alloy steel hardware, 300 series SS flex disc
Zinc plated steel hubs and spacer, alloy steel hardware, 300 series SS flex disc

Zinc plated steel hubs and spacer, 300 series SS flex disc and hardware

All 300 series stainless steel construction

PRODUCT FEATURES AND OPTIONS


FEATURE
STANDARD BORE FIT

AR, AK, AP
AX, AY

BH, BP, BY
DP*

BF

BA, DA*

A5, A7

CLEARANCE

INTERFERENCE

CLEARANCE

SET SCREWS

STANDARD

OPTIONAL

STANDARD

PULLER HOLES

OPTIONAL

STANDARD

OPTIONAL

STANDARD FLEX DISCS


BALANCE CLASS
DYNAMIC BALANCE

HFTH

AGMA 7

AGMA 8

AGMA 9

OPTIONAL

AGMA 7

HH, HSH, FSH

INTERFERENCE
OPTIONAL
STANDARD

300 SERIES STAINLESS STEEL*

*Alloy steel flex disc is standard for DA and DP series. Stainless steel is optional.

F5-4

B5

OPTIONAL
ALLOY STEEL

N/A
PER TBW COMMERCIAL STANDARD

N/A
N/A

COUPLING/APPLICATION TYPES

COUPLING
TYPE

SINGLE
FLEX

CLOSE
COUPLE
DOUBLE
FLEX

SPACER
COUPLINGS
DOUBLE
FLEX

TYPICAL APPLICATIONS

PAGE

Single flexing couplings compensate for


angular and axial misalignment only. Single
couplings should only be used in a three
bearing system with a self-aligning bearing
as shown in the illustration.
Single couplings may also be used in pairs to
support a clutch, transducer or other system
component. These arrangements are double
flexing and must be used with two fully
supported shafts as described below.

AR
BH
HH

F512
F513
F514

Close couple designs accommodate angular,


parallel and axial misalignment types where
two fully supported shafts are located very
close together. Close shaft separations are
generally in the range of 1/8 to 2 inches.

AX
AA
AY
BY
BA
DA

F515
F516
F517
F518
F519
F519

Spacer couplings are used to connect fully


supported shafts with wider separations than
can be reached with a close couple design.
Spacer couplings allow room for installation
and maintenance without moving the
connected equipment. Shaft separations
are generally in the range of 3 to 12 inches.
These couplings accommodate angular,
parallel and axial misalignment.

AK
AP
BP
BF
DP
HSH
FSH

F520
F520
F521
F523
F522
F524
F525

A5
A7
B5
HFTH
C/S

F526
F527
F528
F529
F530, 31

MA
MB
MC

F532
F532
F532

Floating shaft couplings are spacer style


couplings which are designed to connect
widely separated shafts. The coupling
spacers are fabricated. Both steel and
TrueTube composite tubing options are
available.

FLOATING
SHAFT
COUPLINGS

PAGES
SERIES

Semi-floating shaft couplings are a special


single flex version of the floating shaft
coupling. These may be used alone for
some applications or in combination with
floating shaft couplings and pillow block
bearings to span long distances.
Composite floating shaft couplings should
be considered as an alternative to multiple
span applications with center bearings.

MICRO
COUPLINGS
DOUBLE
FLEX

Form-Flex Micro Couplings are used for


precision low torque applications. They are a
smaller version of our 4 bolt line. Micro
Couplings are constructed of aluminum for
reduced inertia. Close couple and spacer
designs are available.

F5-5

SELECTING AND ORDERING


FORM-FLEX COUPLINGS
1) Select correct service factor from the chart below.
2) Calculate HP @ 100 or Design Torque (in lbs).
HP @ 100 = HP x service factor x 100
coupling RPM
OR
Design Torque (in lbs) = 63025 x HP x service factor
coupling RPM
OR
Design Torque = Torque (in lbs) x Service Factor
3) Compare this to the HP @100 column or the Rated Torque column.
4) Check other limiting factors such as bores and overall dimensions.
5) Standard Four or Six bolt couplings can be ordered as hubs and a center assembly.
All other couplings should be ordered by description.

SERVICE FACTOR TABLE


These service factors assume a smooth motor or turbine type driver. The adders listed for other driver types must be
added to the service factor shown for the driven equipment.
ADDERS FOR DRIVER TYPE
DRIVEN EQUIPMENT
S.F.
DRIVER
ADD CONVEYORS-Uniform load (Cont.)
TURBINE
0 Flight
1.25
AC MOTORS
Oven
1.50
With Soft Start
0 Screw
1.25
NEMA A or B
0 CONVEYORS-Non-Uniform Load
NEMA C or D
1 Apron
1.50
DC MOTORS
Assembly
1.25
Shunt Type
0 Belt
1.25
Series or Compound
1 Bucket
1.50
I/C ENGINES
Chain
1.50
8 or More Cylinders
1 Flight
1.50
4-6 Cylinders
1.5 Oven
1.50
1-3 Cylinders
2 Reciprocating
2.50
Screw
1.50
DRIVEN EQUIPMENT S.F.
Shaker
2.50
CRANES AND HOISTS
AGITATORS
2.00
Pure Liquids
1.00 Main Cranes
2.00
Liquids and Solids
1.25 Reversing
1.75
Liquids-Variable Density
1.25 Skip Hoists
Trolley Drive
1.75
BLOWERS
1.75
Centrifugal
1.00 Bridge Drive
1.50
Lobe
1.50 Slope
Vane
1.25 DREDGES
1.75
BRIQUETTER MACHINE
1.00 Cable Reels
1.50
CAN FILLING MACHINE
1.00 Conveyors
Maneuvering Winches
1.75
COMPRESSORS
1.75
Centrifugal
1.25 Pumps
1.75
Lobe
1.50 Screen Drives
1.75
Reciprocating
C/F Stracers
Utility Winches
1.50
CONVEYORS-Uniform Load
Apron
1.25 ELEVATORS
1.75
Assembly
1.00 Bucket
1.50
Belt
1.00 Centrifugal Discharge
2.00
Bucket
1.25 Freight
1.50
Chain
1.25 Gravity Discharge

F5-6

DRIVEN EQUIPMENT
FANS
Centrifugal
Cooling Tower
FEEDERS
Apron
Belt
Disc
Reciprocating
Screw
FOOD INDUSTRY
Cereal Cookers
Dough Mixers
Meat Grinders
Slicers
LUMBER INDUSTRY
Barkers-Drum Type
Edger Feeders
Live Rolls
Log Haul
Off Bearing Rolls
Planers
Slab Conveyors
Sorting Table
Trimmer Feed
MACHINE TOOLS
Bending Roll
Plate Planer
Spindle Drives
Table/Axis Drives
Tapping Machines
PAPER MILLS
Beater & Pulper
Bleacher
Calendars
Converting Machines

S.F. DRIVEN EQUIPMENT


PAPER MILLS-(Cont.)
1.00 Couch
2.00 Cutters, Platers
Cylinders
1.25 Dryers
1.25 Felt Stretchers
1.25 Felt Whipper
2.50 Presses
1.25 Reel
Stock Chests
1.25 Suction Roll
1.75 Washers and Thickeners
1.75 Winders
1.75 PRINTING PRESSES
PUMPS
2.00 Centrifugal
2.00 Reciprocating
Double Acting
2.00
Single Acting 1-2 Cylinders
2.00
Single Acting 3+ Cylinders
2.00
1.75 Rotary-Gear, Lobe, Vane
1.50 TEXTILE INDUSTRY
1.50 Batchers
1.75 Calenders
Card Machines
2.00 Cloth Finishing Machines
1.50 Dry Cans
1.50 Dryers
1.25 Dyeing Machinery
2.50 Looms
Mangles
1.75 Nappers
1.00 Soapers
2.00 Spinners
1.50 Tinter Frames

S.F.
1.75
2.00
1.75
1.75
1.25
2.00
2.00
1.50
1.50
1.75
1.50
1.50
1.50
1.00
2.00
2.25
1.75
1.50
1.25
1.75
1.50
1.50
1.75
1.50
1.25
1.50
1.25
1.25
1.25
1.50
1.50

COUPLING SELECTION GUIDE

TYPICAL APPLICATION CONDITIONS


SMOOTH
MOTOR OR
TURBINE
DRIVEN

STEADY
MOTOR OR
TURBINE
DRIVEN

MODERATE
MOTOR OR
TURBINE
DRIVEN

MEDIUM
MOTOR OR
TURBINE
DRIVEN

HEAVY-HIGH
TQ. MOTOR
OR ENGINE
DRIVEN

EXTRA
HEAVY
ENGINE
DRIVEN

EXTREMELY
HEAVY
ENGINE
DRIVEN

SOFT
START
WITH
STEADY
LOAD

AVERAGE
STARTING
LOADS AND
SLIGHT
TORQUE
VARIATIONS

ABOVE
AVERAGE
STARTING
LOADS AND
MODERATE
LOAD
VARIATIONS

HIGH
STARTING
TORQUES
AND
MEDIUM TO
HEAVY
LOAD
VARIATIONS

MILD SHOCK
LOADING
ENGINES.
DRIVING
SMOOTH
LOADS.
EXTREME
RELIABILITY

HEAVY
SHOCK
LOADING
OR LIGHT
REVERSING

EXTREME
SHOCK
LOADING.
FREQUENT
WIDE
TORQUE
VARIATIONS
.

1.5

2.0

3.25

4.0

1) CONSULT FACTORY FOR


APPLICATIONS IN SHADED AREAS.
2) TORQUE RATINGS MAY VARY BY
COUPLING SERIES.
3) USE THE 1.0 SERVICE FACTOR
COLUMN IF A SERVICE FACTOR
WAS USED IN THE HP/100 RPM
CALCULATION.

TYPE/SIZE

RATED MAX
TORQUE RPM
LB*IN

01
9
02
17
03
35
04
87
300
A SERIES 05
4 BOLT
10
800
15
1,575
20
2,200
25
3,800
30
6,930
35
11,340
40
18,270
45
30,240
3,050
B SERIES 33
6 BOLT
38
6,860
43
13,500
48
18,400
53
24,000
58
41,000
63
48,000
68
72,000
73
125,000
78
233,000
9,500
D SERIES 22
8 BOLT
26
16,000
31
24,000
35
44,000
37
60,000
42
73,000
45
99,000
50
128,000
55
189,000
60
261,000
70
415,000
75
533,000
80
685,000
85
829,000
92 1,040,000
105 1,250,000
160 2,000,000
MICRO
4 BOLT

20,000
20,000
20,000
20,000
8,500
7,500
6,700
6,200
5,500
5,000
4,400
4,000
3,700
17,400
14,300
12,700
11,000
10,700
9,475
8,590
7,800
6,740
5,600
3,800
3,300
2,800
2,600
2,500
2,400
2,250
2,000
1,800
1,600
1,400
1,300
1,200
1,100
1,000
1,000
900

O.D.

MAX
BORE

1.0

SERVICE FACTOR
2.5

3.0

RATED HP/100 RPM AT SERVICE FACTOR SHOWN

1.02
1.26
1.65
2.24
2.65
3.19
3.65
4.08
4.95
5.63
6.63
7.64
8.43
4.69
5.87
6.7
7.5
7.87
9
10
10.75
12.5
15.05
6.00
6.88
8.13
9.13
10.06
11.00
11.88
13.44
15.00
16.75
18.94
20.63
22.38
23.75
25.75
29.25
33.50

0.38
0.59
0.79
0.79
0.87
1.25
1.37
1.62
2.00
2.37
2.87
3.25
3.75
2.50
3.25
3.75
4.38
4.50
5.13
5.50
6.00
6.50
7.50
2.25
2.63
3.13
3.63
3.75
4.50
4.75
5.50
6.25
7.12
7.87
8.75
9.12
9.62
11.00
12.00
17.00

CONSULT WOODS SAN MARCOS

0.01
0.03
0.06
0.14
0.48
1.27
2.50
3.49
6.03
11.00
18.00
29.00
48.00
4.84
10.89
21.43
29.21
38.10
65.08
76.19
114.29
198.41
369.84
15.08
25.40
38.10
69.84
95.24
115.87
157.14
203.17
300.00
414.29
658.73
846.03
1,087.30
1,315.87
1,650.79
1,984.13
3,174.60

0.01
0.02
0.04
0.09
0.32
0.85
1.67
2.33
4.02
7.33
12.00
19.33
32.00
3.23
7.26
14.29
19.47
25.40
43.39
50.79
76.19
132.28
246.56
10.05
16.93
25.40
46.56
63.49
77.25
104.76
135.45
200.00
276.19
439.15
564.02
724.87
877.25
1,100.53
1,322.75
2,116.40

0.01
0.01
0.03
0.07
0.24
0.63
1.25
1.75
3.02
5.50
9.00
14.50
24.00
2.42
5.44
10.71
14.60
19.05
32.54
38.10
57.14
99.21
184.92
7.54
12.70
19.05
34.92
47.62
57.94
78.57
101.59
150.00
207.14
329.37
423.02
543.65
657.94
825.40
992.06
1,587.30

0.19
0.51
1.00
1.40
2.41
4.40
7.20
11.60
19.20
1.94
4.36
8.57
11.68
15.24
26.03
30.48
45.71
79.37
147.94
6.03
10.16
15.24
27.94
38.10
46.35
62.86
81.27
120.00
165.71
263.49
338.41
434.92
526.35
660.32
793.65
1,269.84

NOT RECOMMENDED
FOR THESE
APPLICATIONS

1.61
3.63
7.14
9.74
12.70
21.69
25.40
38.10
66.14
123.28
5.03
8.47
12.70
23.28
31.75
38.62
52.38
67.72
100.00
138.10
219.58
282.01
362.43
438.62
550.26
661.38
1,058.20

1.49
3.35
6.59
8.99
11.72
20.02
23.44
35.16
61.05
113.80
4.64
7.81
11.72
21.49
29.30
35.65
48.35
62.52
92.31
127.47
202.69
260.32
334.55
404.88
507.94
610.50
976.80

3.77
6.35
9.52
17.46
23.81
28.97
39.29
50.79
75.00
103.57
164.68
211.51
271.83
328.97
412.70
496.03
793.65

F5-7

4 BOLT COUPLING HUB OPTIONS


TO ORDER A COMPLETE COUPLING, ORDER TWO HUBS OF ANY TYPE AND A COUPLING (SPACER)
SUB ASSEMBLY FOR THE REQUIRED COUPLING TYPE. ALL DIMENSIONS SHOWN IN INCHES.
AZ OVERSIZE BORE HUBS
AJ STANDARD HUBS
PROVIDED WITH STRAIGHT BORE AND KEYWAY

PROVIDED WITH STRAIGHT BORE AND KEYWAY


SOLID HUBS AVAILABLE FROM STOCK

SIZE
05
10
15
20
25
30
35
40
45

MAX
BORE
0.87
1.25
1.37
1.62
2.00
2.38
2.88
3.25
3.75

A
2.65
3.19
3.65
4.08
4.95
5.63
6.63
7.64
8.43

B
0.25
0.30
0.35
0.35
0.45
0.55
0.55
0.65
0.65

F
1.00
1.00
1.13
1.32
1.62
1.88
2.25
2.50
3.00

H
1.30
1.30
2.00
2.40
2.80
3.30
4.15
4.65
5.40

J
0.38
0.38
0.41
0.50
0.63
0.69
0.88
0.94
1.20

STD SET
SCREW SIZE
10-24 UNC
1/4-20 UNC
1/4-20 UNC
1/4-20 UNC
5/16-18 UNC
5/16-18 UNC
1/2-13 UNC
1/2-13 UNC
1/2-13 UNC

SIZE
05
10
15
20
25
30
35
40
45

MAX
BORE
1.13
1.63
1.88
2.13
2.38
2.88
3.75
4.00
4.63

A
2.65
3.19
3.65
4.08
4.95
5.63
6.63
7.64
8.43

B
0.25
0.30
0.35
0.35
0.45
0.55
0.55
0.65
0.65

F
1.00
1.00
1.13
1.32
1.62
1.88
2.25
2.50
3.00

H
1.88
2.37
2.69
3.13
3.75
4.25
5.25
6.02
6.75

J
0.38
0.38
0.41
0.50
0.63
0.69
0.88
0.94
1.20

QD BORED HUBS

HUBS FOR TAPER LOCK BUSHINGS

MATERIAL CLASS A OR B ONLY - CLASS A AVAILABLE FROM STOCK

AVAILABLE MTO ONLY

CPLG
SIZE
15
20
25
30
35
40

BUSH. BUSH. MAX


SIZE
TQ.
BORE
LB*IN
JA
1000
1-1/4
JA
1000
1-1/4
SH
3500 1-11/16
SD
5000
2
SK
7000
2-5/8
SF
11000 2-15/16

1.17
1.17
1.50
2.06
2.19
2.38

1.00
1.00
1.25
1.81
1.87
2.06

.56
.56
.75
1.25
1.25
1.37

2.00
2.40
2.80
3.30
4.15
4.65

BOLT
SIZE
UNC
#10
#10
1/4
1/4
5/16
3/8

CPLG
SIZE

BUSH
SIZE

15
20
25
30
35
40

N/A
1108
1215
1310
2012
2525

REGULAR MOUNT
BUSH
MAX
TQ
BORE
LB*IN
...
...
1300
1.12
3550
1.25
3850
1.37
7150
2.00
11300
2.50

BUSH
SIZE

...
0.87
1.50
1.00
1.25
2.50

1108
1215
1310
1615
2517
2525

STD SET
SCREW SIZE
10-24 UNC
1/4-20 UNC
1/4-20 UNC
1/4-20 UNC
5/16-18 UNC
5/16-18 UNC
1/2-13 UNC
1/2-13 UNC
1/2-13 UNC

REVERSE MOUNT
BUSH
MAX
TQ
BORE
LB*IN
1300
1.12
3550
1.25
3850
1.37
4300
1.62
11600
2.50
11300
2.50

AC/AD CLAMPING HUBS

AL LOCK ELEMENT HUBS

AC HUBS PROVIDED WITHOUT KEYWAY


AD HUBS PROVIDED WITH KEYWAY
MATERIAL CLASS A OR B ONLY

THESE HUBS USE RINGFEDER TAPERED LOCKING ELEMENTS


MATERIAL CLASS A OR B ONLY

SIZE

MAX BORE
AC
AD

SCREW SIZE

05

1.00

0.87

2.65

1.13

.50

2.06

1/4-20 UNC

10

1.00
1.50
1.00
1.75
1.31
2.12
2.13
2.50

0.87
1.25
0.87
1.37
1.00
1.62
1.62
1.87

3.19

1.18
1.36
1.27
1.46
1.32
1.52
1.62
1.86

.50
.69
.50
.69
.55
.75
.64
.88

2.06
2.75
2.06
3.00
2.38
3.50
3.50
4.00

1/4-20 UNC
5/16-18 UNC
1/4-20 UNC
5/16-18 UNC
1/4-20 UNC
3/8-16 UNC
5/16-18 UNC
3/8-16 UNC

15
20
25

3.65
4.08
4.95

NOTE: AC and AL Hubs do not carry full torque capacity. Please consult engineering.

F5-8

SIZE
05
10
15
20
25

HUB
TYPE
AJ
AZ
AJ
AZ
AJ
AZ
AJ
AZ
AJ
AZ

BORE SIZE-mm
MIN
MAX
6
13
14
19
12
18
19
30
12
22
24
35
22
30
32
42
22
32
35
50

B
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.13
1.13
1.32
1.32
1.63
1.63

F
1.32
1.42
1.42
1.42
1.55
1.55
1.78
1.83
2.05
2.23

G
.32
.42
.42
.42
.42
.42
.42
.51
.42
.60

F
0.87
1.50
1.00
1.50
1.75
2.50

SCREW SIZE
10-32 UNF
1/4-28 UNF
1/4-28 UNF
1/4-28 UNF
1/4-28 UNF
1/4-28 UNF
1/4-28 UNF
5/16-24 UNF
1/4-28 UNF
3/8-24 UNF

COUPLING HUB OPTIONS


6 BOLT COUPLING HUBS

8 BOLT COUPLING HUBS

BH SERIESUSED ON BH, BP, B5, BY SERIES


PROVIDED WITH STRAIGHT BORE AND KEYWAY
INTERFERENCE FIT WITHOUT SETSCREWS IS RECOMMENDED

Dxx-3 CAST IRON MATERIAL, Dxx-3ST CAST STEEL MATERIAL


USED ON HH, HSH, FSH, HFTH SERIES
INTERFERENCE FIT WITHOUT SETSCREWS IS RECOMMENDED

SIZE
33
38
43
48
53
58
63
68
73
78

MAX
BORE
2.25
3.00
3.25
3.75
3.88
4.25
4.88
5.00
5.25
6.50

A
4.69
5.87
6.70
7.50
7.87
9.00
10.00
10.75
12.50
15.05

B
0.30
0.35
0.42
0.40
0.55
0.65
0.65
0.75
1.00
1.15

F
1.75
2.25
2.50
2.75
2.88
3.25
3.38
3.75
5.13
6.38

H
3.14
4.13
4.63
5.40
5.65
6.22
7.14
7.33
7.80
9.50

J
0.88
1.13
1.25
1.50
1.44
1.63
1.69
1.88
2.50
3.12

SIZE
22
26
31
35
37
42
45
50
55
60
70
75
80
85
92

OPTIONAL SET
SCREW SIZE
1/4-20 UNC
3/8-16 UNC
3/8-16 UNC
1/2-13 UNC
1/2-13 UNC
1/2-13 UNC
3/4-10 UNC
3/4-10 UNC
3/4-10 UNC
3/4-10 UNC

MAX BORE
IRON STEEL
2.25

2.62

3.12

3.62

3.75

4.25
4.50
4.50
4.75
5.12
5.50
5.62
6.25
6.50
7.12
7.00
7.87
7.75
8.75
8.00
9.12
8.50
9.62
10.00
11.00

A
6.00
6.87
8.12
9.12
10.06
11.00
11.87
13.43
15.00
16.75
18.93
20.62
22.37
23.75
25.75

B
0.53
0.62
0.69
0.88
0.88
1.00
1.13
1.25
1.25
1.44
1.75
1.75
2.09
2.13
2.62

F
2.50
2.88
3.38
3.75
4.00
4.25
4.50
5.00
5.50
6.25
7.00
7.25
7.75
8.25
9.00

H
3.88
4.50
5.50
6.12
6.50
7.00
7.43
8.38
9.50
10.50
11.75
13.00
13.75
14.50
15.87

FORM-FLEX DISC IDENTIFICATION CHART


ALL DIMENSIONS ARE ROUNDED TO THE NEAREST FRACTIONAL SIZE FOR IDENTIFICATION PURPOSES. NO TOLERANCES ARE SPECIFIED OR IMPLIED.
DISC SET THICKNESS VARIES FOR TYPE BA AND DA

4 BOLT DISCS

6 BOLT DISCS

8 BOLT DISCS

SIZE

WIDTH

I.D.

B.C.
DIA
1-7/8
2-3/8
2-5/8

CHORD

1
1-3/16
1-1/4

HOLE
DIA
1/4
1/4
5/16

1-5/16
1-5/8
1-7/8

DISC SET
THICKNESS
0.06
0.09
0.12

5
10
15

1-13/16
2-3/16
2-9/16

20
25
30

2-13/16
3-9/16
4

1-5/8
1-3/4
2-1/16

5/16
7/16
1/2

3-1/8
3-3/4
4-1/4

2-3/16
2-5/8
3

0.14
0.15
0.18

35
40
45

4-3/4
5-1/2
6-1/16

2-3/4
3
3-1/2

1/2
5/8
5/8

5-1/4
6
6-3/4

3-3/4
4-1/4
4-3/4

0.28
0.30
0.40

50
55

7
7-3/4

4
4-1/4

3/4
1

7-3/4
8-1/2

5-1/2
6

0.43
0.51

SIZE

WIDTH

I.D.

3-3/4
4-13/16
5-11/6

2-3/4
3-9/16
3-15/16

B.C.
DIA
3-3/4
4-7/8
5-9/16

CHORD

33
38
43

HOLE
DIA
1/4
5/16
7/16

1-7/8
2-7/16
2-7/8

DISC SET
THICKNESS
0.10
0.13
0.16

48
53
58

6-3/8
6-3/4
7-3/4

4-5/8
4-3/4
5-1/4

7/16
1/2
5/8

6-3/8
6-5/8
7-7/16

3-3/16
3-5/16
3-3/4

0.19
0.24
0.25

63
68

8-1/2
9-1/4

6
6-1/4

5/8
3/4

8-3/8
9-15/16

4-3/16
5

0.30
0.34

SIZE

WIDTH

I.D.

5-5/8
6-9/16
7-3/4

3-7/8
4-7/16
5-1/4

B.C.
DIA
4-3/4
5-1/2
6-1/2

CHORD

22
26
31

HOLE
DIA
5/16
13/32
15/32

1-13/16
2-1/8
2-1/2

DISC SET
THICKNESS
0.17
0.23
0.25

35
37
42

8-5/8
9-5/8
10-1/2

5-3/4
6-5/16
6-3/4

17/32
5/8
11/16

7-1/4
8
8-5/8

2-3/4
3-1/16
3-5/16

0.29
0.31
0.31

45
50
55

11-1/4
12-13/16
14-3/8

7-1/4
8-1/2
9

3/4
7/8
1

9-1/4
10-1/2
11-3/4

3-1/2
4
4-1/2

0.37
0.46
0.54

60
70
75

15-15/16
18-/8
19-3/4

9-15/16
11-1/8
12

1-1/8
1-5/16
1-7/16

13
14-3/4
16

5
5-5/8
6-1/8

0.59
0.78
0.80

80
85
92

21-7/16
22-7/8
24-7/8

13-1/8
14
15

1-9/16
1-3/4
1-7/8

17-3/8
18-1/2
20

6-5/8
7-1/8
7-5/8

0.81
0.87
1.00

F5-9

ENGINEERING STANDARDS
FORM - FLEX COUPLINGS
INDUSTRY STANDARDS REFERENCED
AGMA 9002-A86BORES AND KEYWAYS FOR FLEXIBLE COUPLINGS
AGMA 9000-C90FLEXIBLE COUPLINGS POTENTIAL UNBALANCED CLASSIFICATION
AGMA 514.02LOAD CLASSIFICATION AND SERVICE FACTORS FOR FLEXIBLE COUPLINGS
API610CENTRIFUGAL PUMPS FOR GENERAL REFINERY SERVICE, 7th EditionBF and BP series meet the requirements of
API610, 7th Edition when supplied with interference fit bores. Other coupling series can be altered to comply with API610.
NEMA MG1-14.37 AND MG1-21.81All Form-Flex metal disc couplings meet these standards without limited end float devices
Certain tables and data in this catalog were extracted from the reference AGMA standards with the permission of the publisher, the American
Gear Manufacturers Associations, 1901 North Meyer Drive, Arlington, VA 22209.
MATERIAL CLASSES APPLICABLE TO 4 AND 6 BOLT DESIGNS
CLASS A
Mild steel hubs and spacer, alloy steel hardware, 300 series stainless steel flex discs.
CLASS B
Zinc plated mild steel hubs and spacer, alloy steel hardware, 300 series stainless steel flex discs.
CLASS C
Zinc plated mild steel hubs and spacer, 300 series stainless steel hardware and flex discs.
CLASS E
All 300 series stainless steel construction.
DYNAMIC BALANCING RECOMMENDATIONS
Use this graph to determine the appropriate balance class based on
coupling weight and operating speed. The balance classes listed on
the graph are for equipment with average sensitivity to coupling
unbalance. The user should determine how sensitive the equipment
train is to coupling unbalance. Use one balance class higher if your
system has higher than average sensitivity to unbalance. Use one
balance class lower if your system has lower than average sensitivity to
unbalance. Use this guide to check your coupling selection against the
recommended balance class for your operating conditions.
The following factors should be considered when determining a machines
sensitivity to coupling unbalance.
1) Shaft End Deflection: Machines having flexible shaft extensions are
relatively sensitive to coupling unbalance.
2) Bearing Load Due to Coupling Weight Relative to Total Bearing Load:
Machines having lightly loaded bearings, bearings that are primarily
loaded by the weight of the coupling or other overhung weight are
relatively sensitive to coupling unbalance.
3) Bearing, Bearing Support and Foundation Flexibility: Machines
or systems with flexible foundations for supports for the rotating
elements are relatively sensitive to coupling unbalance.
4) System Natural Frequencies: Machines operating at or near natural
frequencies are sensitive to coupling unbalance.
5) Machine Separation: System having widely separated machines are
relatively sensitive to coupling unbalance.
6) Shaft Extension Relative to Bearing Span: Machines having a short
bearing span relative to their shaft extensions are sensitive to
static unbalance.
HOW FORM-FLEX COUPLINGS ACCOMMODATE MISALIGNMENT
Double flexing metal disc couplings may be used to accommodate angular,
parallel and axial misalignment. Single flexing couplings may only be used to
accommodate angular and axial misalignment. A metal disc type coupling uses
a double hinge effect through two flexible discs and the spacer to compensate
for parallel offset misalignment between shafts. Parallel misalignment
imposes the same angular deflection (A) on each flex disc. Angular
misalignment of either connected shaft, (B), creates additional angular
deflections which are added to the angular offset due to parallel misalignment.
The total misalignment angle, (C), at the flex disc is equal to the angular offset
due to parallel misalignment (A) plus the angular offset due to angular
misalignment (B). The maximum misalignment angle (C) should never exceed
the rated misalignment capacity of the coupling type being used. Machinery
equipment changes in actual operation and over the life of the equipment. We
recommend that the machinery misalignment be set as close to zero as
possible when a coupling is installed. We recommend keeping the measured
misalignment below 25% of the rated misalignment capacity of the
coupling type used when the machinery is installed and aligned. The remaining
coupling misalignment capacity will then be available to accommodate additional
misalignment caused by foundation shifts, vibrations, thermal growth or other causes.

F5-10

ENGINEERING STANDARDS
FORM-FLEX COUPLINGS
PRODUCT FEATURES AND OPTIONS
FEATURE

AR, AK, AP
AX, AY
CLEARANCE
STANDARD
OPTIONAL

BH, BP, BY
BF
BA, DA*
A5, A7
B5
HFTH
HH, HSH, FSH
DP*
STANDARD BORE FIT
INTERFERENCE
CLEARANCE
INTERFERENCE
SET SCREWS
OPTIONAL
STANDARD
OPTIONAL
PULLER HOLES
STANDARD
OPTIONAL
STANDARD
OPTIONAL
STANDARD FLEX DISCS
300 SERIES STAINLESS STEEL*
ALLOY STEEL
BALANCE CLASS
AGMA 7
AGMA 8
AGMA 9
AGMA 7
N/A
N/A
DYNAMIC BALANCE
OPTIONAL
PER TBW COMMERCIAL STANDARD
N/A
*Alloy steel flex disc is standard for DA and DP series. Stainless steel is optional.

STANDARD BORE TOLERANCES


INCH
SIZE
1/2
5/8
3/4
7/8
15/16

SIZE

BORE TOLERANCE

12
58
34
78
15/16

KEYWAY
SIZE
1/8 X 1/16
3/16 X 3/32
3/16 X 3/32
3/16 X 3/32
1/4 X 1/8

CLEARANCE FIT
.500/.501
.625/.626
.750/.751
.875/.876
.9375/.9385

INTERFERENCE FIT
...
...
.7490/.7495
.8740/.8745
.9365/.9370

1
1-1/8
1-3/16
1-1/4
1-3/8
1-7/16
1-1/2
1-5/8
1-3/4
1-7/8
1-15/16

1
118
1316
114
138
1716
112
158
134
178
11516

1/4 X 1/8
1/4 X 1/8
1/4 X 1/8
1/4 X 1/8
5/16 X 5/32
3/8 X 3/16
3/8 X 3/16
3/8 X 3/16
3/8 X 3/16
1/2 X 1/4
1/2 X 1/4

1.000/1.001
1.125/1.126
1.1875/1.1885
1.250/1.251
1.375/1.376
1.4375/1.4385
1.500/1.501
1.625/1.626
1.750/1.751
1.875/1.876
1.9375/1.9385

.9990/.9995
1.1240/1.1245
1.1865/1.1870
1.2490/1.2495
1.3740/1.3745
1.4365/1.4370
1.4990/1.4995
1.623/1.624
1.748/1.749
1.873/1.874
1.9355/1.9365

2
2-1/8
2-1/4
2-3/8
2-7/16
2-1/2
2-5/8
2-3/4
2-7/8
2-15/16

2
218
214
238
2716
212
258
234
278
21516

1/2 X 1/4
1/2 X 1/4
1/2 X 1/4
5/8 X 5/16
5/8 X 5/16
5/8 X 5/16
5/8 X 5/16
5/8 X 5/16
3/4 X 3/8
3/4 X 3/8

2.000/2.001
2.1250/2.1265
2.2500/2.2515
2.3750/2.3765
2.4375/2.4390
2.5000/2.5015
2.6250/2.6265
2.7500/2.7515
2.8750/2.8765
2.9375/2.9390

1.998/1.999
2.123/2.124
2.248/2.249
2.373/2.374
2.4355/2.4365
2.498/2.499
2.623/2.624
2.748/2.749
2.873/2.874
2.9355/2.9365

3
3-1/4
3-3/8
3-1/2
3-5/8
3-3/4

3
314
338
312
358
334

3/4 X 3/8
3/4 X 3/8
7/8 X 7/16
7/8 X 7/16
7/8 X 7/16
7/8 X 7/16

3.000/3.0015
3.2500/3.2515
3.3750/3.3765
3.5000/3.5015
3.6250/3.6265
3.7500/3.7515

2.998/2.999
3.2470/3.2485
3.3720/3.3735
3.4970/3.4985
3.6220/3.6235
3.7470/3.7485

4
4-1/4
4-1/2
4-3/4

4
414
412
434

1 X 1/2
1 X 1/2
1 X 1/2
1-1/4 X 5/8

4.0000/4.0015
4.2500/4.2515
4.5000/4.5015
4.7500/4.7515

3.9970.3.9985
4.2465/4.2480
4.4965/4.4980
4.7465/4.7480

5
5-1/4
5-1/2
5-3/4

5
514
512
534

1-1/4
1-1/4
1-1/4
1-1/2

X
X
X
X

5/8
5/8
5/8
3/4

.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.

SPECIFYING TAPERED BORES

4.9965/4.9980
5.2460/5.2475
5.4960/5.4975
5.7460/5.7475

METRIC
SIZE
6
8
10
12
13
14
15
16
18
20
22
24
25
28
30
32
35
38
40
45
48
50
55
60
65
70
75
80
85
90
95
100
110

SIZE
CODE
6MM
8MM
10MM
12MM
13MM
14MM
15MM
16MM
18MM
20MM
22MM
24MM
25MM
28MM
30MM
32MM
35MM
38MM
40MM
45MM
48MM
50MM
55MM
60MM
65MM
70MM
75MM
80MM
85MM
90MM
95MM
100MM
110MM

KEYWAY
SIZE
2X1
2X1
3 X 1.4
4 X 1.8
5 X 2.3
5 X 2.3
5 X 2.3
5 X 2.3
6 X 2.8
6 X 2.8
6 X 2.8
8 X 3.3
8 X 3.3
8 X 3.3
8 X 3.3
10 X 3.3
10 X 3.3
10 X 3.3
12 X 3.3
14 X 3.8
14 X 3.8
14 X 3.8
16 X 4.3
18 X 4.4
18 X 4.4
20 X 4.9
20 X 4.9
22 X 5.4
22 X 5.4
25 X 5.4
25 X 5.4
28 X 6.4
28 X 6.4

BORE TOLERANCE
CLEARANCE FIT
.236/.237
.315/.316
.394/.395
.4725/.4735
.512/.513
.551/.552
.591/.592
.630/.631
.709/.710
.7875/.7885
.866/.867
.945/.946
.984/.985
1.1025/1.1035
1.181/1.182
1.260/1.261
1.378/1.379
1.496/1.497
1.575/1.576
1.772/1.773
1.890/1.891
1.969/1.970
2.1655/2.1670
2.3620/2.3635
2.5590/2.5605
2.7560/2.7575
2.9530/2.9545
3.1500/3.1515
3.3465/3.3480
3.5435/3.5450
3.7400/3.7415
3.9370/3.9385
4.3310/4.3325

BORE TOLERANCES IN INCHES


KEYWAY SIZES IN MM

KEYWAY TOLERANCES
WIDTH
ENGLISH
METRIC
HEIGHT
BORE < = 3.375
AT SIDE
OF KW
BORE > 3.375

Please provide the following information for taper bore hubs:


1) Drawing of HUB showing bore and keyway details.
OR
2) Drawing of shaft showing:
(LD) Large diameter, specify with tolerance.
(S) Length of taper, measure parallel to shaft centerline.
(T) Taper angle. Specify as degrees, taper per foot or a percentage.
(P) Desired pull-up of hub on shaft.
(D) Counterbore diameter as required.
(E) Counterbore depth as required.
Keyway or shaft keyseat dimensions. Specify width, depth and keyway taper angle.
-AND OPTIONALLY3) Drawing or sketch of equipment layout in order to determine correct spacer length.

+ .002/ 0.000
+ .001/ 0.000
+ .015/ 0.000
+ .020/ 0.000

F511

SINGLE FLEX AR SERIES


4 BOLT SINGLE FLEXING COUPLING
(FORMERLY AJ SERIES)
The AR series coupling accommodates angular and axial misalignment only. Single couplings may
be used in pairs to support a clutch, brake or other power transmission component in a floating
shaft arrangement, or to support a component that is supported by a self-aligning bearing. The AR
coupling consists of two hubs and one set of standard hardware, including stainless steel flex discs.

RATED MISALIGNMENT: 1.0 DEG/DISC


HUB OPTIONS
HUB TYPE
AJ - STANDARD
AZ OVERSIZE
QD BUSHING MOUNT
AC/AD CLAMP
AL LOCK ELEMENT
SEE PAGE F58

SIZE
05
10
15
20
25
30
35
40

SIZE
05-45
05-45
15-40
05-25
05-25

MAX BORE
AJ
AZ
0.87
1.13
1.25
1.63
1.37
1.88
1.62
2.13
2.00
2.38
2.38
2.88
2.88
3.75
3.25
4.00

MATERIAL
CLASSES
CLASS
SIZE
A
05-45
B
05-45
C
15-45
E
15-45
SEE PAGE F54

COUPLING CONSISTS OF:


2 HUBS EXAMPLE- AJ35A X 1-3/8
1 FLEX ASSEMBLY EXAMPLE- A35RKA
THIS COUPLING IS SOLD AS COMPONENTS

A
2.65
3.19
3.65
4.08
4.95
5.63
6.63
7.64

DIMENSIONS IN INCHES*
D
B
DBSE
2.24
0.24
2.27
0.27
2.58
0.32
2.98
0.34
3.69
0.45
4.23
0.47
5.05
0.55
5.60
0.60

1.00
1.00
1.13
1.32
1.62
1.88
2.25
2.50

1.30
1.80
2.00
2.40
2.80
3.30
4.15
4.65

0.54
0.59
0.88
0.79
1.00
1.14
0.97
1.30

FREE END
FLOAT
+/- INCH
0.015
0.020
0.021
0.027
0.030
0.032
0.042
0.050

* DIMENSIONS SHOWN ARE FOR AJ HUBS UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED

SIZE
05
10
15
20
25
30
35
40

HP PER
100 RPM
1.0 S.F
0.48
1.27
2.50
3.49
6.03
11.00
18.00
29.00

RATED TORQUE
( lb. in.)
300
800
1,575
2,200
3,800
6,930
11,340
18,270

PEAK O/L
TORQUE
(lb. in.)
600
1,600
3,150
4,400
7,600
13,860
22,680
36,540

AGMA 7
MAX
RPM
8,500
7,500
6,700
6,200
5,500
5,000
4,400
4,000

MAX
RADIAL
LOAD (lbs.)
34
56
125
183
275
400
600
850

WEIGHT
(lbs.)

WR2
(lb. in.2)

1.24
1.96
2.98
4.07
7.01
10.8
17.2
25.6

0.96
2.35
4.62
7.48
20.4
41.5
88.3
178.

NOTE:
1) WEIGHT, WR2 AND TORSIONAL STIFFNESS VALUES SHOWN ARE FOR AJ HUBS AT MAXIMUM BORE SIZE.

F512

TQ/RAD
X106
(lb. in./rad)
0.28
0.84
1.47
2.11
3.62
5.91
11.0
17.0

FLEX
ASSY
PART #
AxxRKA
AxxRKA
AxxRKE
AxxRKE
xx = SIZE

SINGLE FLEX BH SERIES


6 BOLT SINGLE FLEXING COUPLING
The BH series coupling accommodates angular and axial misalignment only. Single couplings may
be used in pairs to support a clutch, brake or other power transmission component in a floating
shaft arrangement, or to support a component that is supported by a self-aligning bearing. The BH
coupling consists of two hubs and one set of standard hardware, including stainless steel flex
discs.

RATED MISALIGNMENT: 0.7 DEG/DISC

SIZE
33
38
43
48
53
58
63
68

MAX
BORE
2.25
3.00
3.25
3.75
3.88
4.25
4.88
5.00

DIMENSIONS IN INCHES
D
A
B
DBSE
4.69
5.87
6.70
7.50
7.87
9.00
10.00
10.75

3.79
4.84
5.47
6.00
6.28
7.06
7.36
8.35

0.29
0.34
0.47
0.50
0.52
0.56
0.60
0.85

HUB TYPES SIZES


BH
33-78
SEE PAGE F59
F

1.75
2.25
2.50
2.75
2.88
3.25
3.38
3.75

3.14
4.13
4.63
5.40
5.65
6.22
7.14
7.33

MATERIAL
CLASSES
CLASS
SIZE
A
33-78
B
33-78
C
38-63
E
MTO 38-63
SEE PAGE F54

FLEX
ASSY
PART #
BOxxRKA
BOxxRKA
BOxxRKE
BOxxRKE
xx = SIZE

COUPLING CONSISTS OF:


2 HUBS EXAMPLE- BH48Ax3
1 FLEX ASSEMBLY EXAMPLE- BO48RKA
THIS COUPLING IS SOLD AS COMPONENTS

SIZE
33
38
43
48
53
58
63
68

HP PER
100 RPM
1.0 S.F
4.84
10.08
19.84
26.98
38.10
53.97
76.19
114.29

RATED TORQUE
(lb. in.)
3,050
6,350
12,500
17,000
24,000
34,000
48,000
72,000

PEAK O/L
TORQUE
(lb. in.)
6,100
12,500
25,000
34,000
48,000
68,000
96,000
144,000

AGMA 8
MAX
RPM
8,400
7,500
6,800
6,500
6,000
5,500
5,200
4,800

MAX
RADIAL
LOAD (lbs.)
150
240
420
655
720
930
1,125
1,530

WEIGHT
(lbs.)

WR2
(lb. in.2)

5.76
11.4
17.3
25.2
29.8
45.4
58.4
73.4

14.5
46.6
91.7
171
226
443
715
984

TQ/RAD
FREE END
FLOAT
X106
(lb. in./rad)
+/- inch
4.57
0.03
9.41
0.04
17.8
0.05
25.5
0.06
29.8
0.06
50.0
0.06
76.6
0.07
96.7
0.07

NOTE:
1) WEIGHT, WR2 AND TORSIONAL STIFFNESS VALUES SHOWN ARE FOR BH HUBS AT MAXIMUM BORE SIZE.

F513

SINGLE FLEX HH SERIES


8 BOLT SINGLE COUPLING
The HH series is designed for high torque, low speed applications. Hubs are cast iron. Steel is optional.
Flex discs are high strength alloy steel. Stainless steel flex discs are optional. Dynamic balancing for higher
speed operation is not recommended. Single plane balancing of individual hubs is available.

SIZE
22
26
31
35
37
42
45
50
55
60
70
75
80
85
92
105
160

SIZE
22
26
31
35
37
42
45
50
55
60
70
75
80
85
92
105
160

MAX BORE
IRON
STEEL
2.25

2.62

3.12
3.63
3.62
4.00
3.75
4.50
4.25
4.75
4.50
5.13
5.12
5.50
5.62
6.25
6.50
7.12
7.00
7.87
7.75
8.75
8.00
9.12
8.50
9.62
10.00
11.00
10.50
12.00
16.00
17.00
HP PER
100 RPM
1.0S.F
15.08
25.40
38.10
69.84
95.24
115.87
157.14
203.17
300.00
414.29
658.73
846.03
1,087.30
1,315.87
1,650.79
1,984.13
3,174.60

DIMENSIONS IN INCHES
D
A (2)
B
DBSE
6.00
6.87
8.12
9.12
10.06
11.00
11.87
13.43
15.00
16.75
18.93
20.62
22.37
23.75
25.75
29.25
33.50

RATED TORQUE
(lb. in.)
9,500
16,000
24,000
44,000
60,000
73,000
99,000
128,000
189,000
261,000
415,000
533,000
685,000
829,000
1,040,000
1,250,000
2,000,000

5.43
6.29
7.38
8.16
8.81
9.31
9.87
11.06
12.25
13.84
15.50
16.05
17.06
18.12
19.75
22.75
26.25
PEAK O/L
TORQUE
(lb. in.)
14.250
24,000
36,000
66,000
90,000
109,500
148,500
192,000
283,500
391,500
622,500
799,500
1,027,500
1,243,500
1,560,000
1,875,000
3,000,000

0.43
0.53
0.62
0.66
0.81
0.81
0.87
1.06
1.25
1.34
1.50
1.55
1.56
1.62
1.75
1.75
2.25
AGMA 8
MAX
RPM
3,800
3,300
2,800
2,600
2,500
2,400
2,250
2,000
1,800
1,600
1,400
1,300
1,200
1,100
1,000
1,000
900

2.50
2.88
3.38
3.75
4.00
4.25
4.50
5.00
5.50
6.25
7.00
7.25
7.75
8.25
9.00
10.50
12.00

3.87
4.50
5.50
6.12
6.50
7.00
7.43
9.50
9.50
10.50
11.75
13.00
13.75
14.50
15.87
20.00
24.00

MAX
RADIAL
LOAD (lbs.)
338
570
700
930
1,170
1,300
1,700
2,250
3,200
4,000
6,100
6,900
7,500
8,700
11,100
8,460
11,300

RATED MISALIGNMENT: 0.5 DEG/DISC

HUB OPTIONS
HUB TYPE
SIZE
C.I.
26-160
STL
31-160
SEE PAGE F59

ORDERING: HH Series couplings are


sold as complete assemblies. Please
specify hub type, bore sizes, and flex
disc materials. A coupling will be
configured to meet your specification.

WEIGHT
(lbs.)

WR2
(lb. in.2)

17
26
43
61
77
95
115
163
228
328
451
588
732
840
1,160
1,780
2,310

62
129
304
557
820
1,250
1,810
3,290
5,570
10,300
18,200
27,400
42,100
54,700
89,400
160,000
325,000

NOTE:
1) WEIGHT, WR2 AND TORSIONAL STIFFNESS VALUES SHOWN ARE FOR CAST IRON HUBS AT MAXIMUM BORE SIZE.
2) HUB FLANGE O.D. MAY VARY WITH STEEL HUBS.

F514

TQ/RAD
FREE END
X10 6
FLOAT
(lb. in./rad)
+/- inch
12.7
0.018
22.1
0.022
36.4
0.026
52.8
0.028
69.6
0.031
84
0.034
106
0.036
147
0.041
243
0.046
349
0.051
482
0.058
682
0.062
779
0.068
911
0.070
1220
0.078
3200
0.085
5140
0.125

CLOSE COUPLE AX SERIES


4 BOLT CLOSE COUPLED COUPLING
(GENERAL USE)
The AX series close coupling is made up of two hubs, a steel spacer block, two stainless flex discs and AX
hardware. A special bolting arrangement supports the spacer between the flex discs. The AX is an
economical design that it well suited to many general purpose applications. The AX accommodates close
shaft separations when is is installed with the shafts extending through the flex discs into the center of the
coupling. The shaft diameter must be less than the flex disc I.D. listed in the dimensional table.

RATED MISALIGNMENT:
1.0 DEG/DISC

AD HUB
SHOWN

HUB OPTIONS
HUB TYPE
AJ - STANDARD
AZ - OVERSIZE
QD BUSHING MOUNT
AC/AD CLAMP
AL LOCK ELEMENT
SEE PAGE F58

SIZE
05
10
15
20
25
30
35
40

SIZE
05-45
05-45
15-40
05-25
05-25

MAX BORE
AJ
AZ
0.87
1.13
1.25
1.63
1.37
1.88
1.62
2.13
2.00
2.38
2.38
2.88
2.88
3.75
3.25
4.00

MATERIAL
CLASSES
CLASS
SIZE
A
05-45
B
05-45
C
N/A
E
N/A
SEE PAGE F54

COUPLING CONSISTS OF:


2 HUBS EXAMPLE- AJ20A x 1-1/2
1 SPACER ASSEMBLY EXAMPLE- A x 20SAA
THIS COUPLING IS SOLD AS COMPONENTS

2.65
3.19
3.65
4.08
4.95
5.63
6.63
7.64

3.34
3.40
3.80
4.22
5.36
6.30
7.17
8.30

DIMENSIONS IN INCHES*
DBSE
F
Dmin
Dmax
0.38
1.34
1.00
0.44
1.40
1.00
0.63
1.54
1.13
0.63
1.58
1.32
0.75
2.12
1.62
1.00
2.54
1.88
1.13
2.67
2.25
1.13
3.30
2.50

SPACER
ASSEMBLY
PART #
AXxxSAA
AXxxSAB
N/A
N/A
xx = SIZE

0.48
0.48
0.44
0.48
0.69
0.77
0.77
1.08

1.30
1.30
2.00
2.40
2.80
3.30
4.15
4.65

1.68
1.79
1.85
1.66
2.39
3.18
2.81
4.03

DISC
I.D.**
1.00
1.17
1.28
1.65
1.78
2.01
2.71
3.00

* DIMENSIONS SHOWN ARE FOR AJ HUBS UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED.


** SHAFT O.D. MUST BE LESS THAN DISC I.D. IN ORDER TO EXTEND SHAFTS INTO COUPLING TO MEET Dmin DIMENSION.

SIZE
05
10
15
20
25
30
35
40

HP PER
100 RPM
1.0 S.F
0.48
1.27
2.50
3.49
6.03
11.00
18.00
29.00

RATED TORQUE
(lb. in.)
300
800
1,575
2,200
3,800
6,930
11,340
18,270

PEAK O/L
TORQUE
(lb. in.)
450
1,200
2,363
3,300
5,700
10,395
17,010
27,405

AGMA 7
MAX
RPM
8,500
7,500
6,700
6,200
5,500
5,000
4,400
4,000

WEIGHT
(lbs.)

WR2
(lb. in.2)

1.63
2.48
3.84
5.10
9.13
13.8
21.1
32.0

1.26
2.90
5.80
9.16
26.1
51.7
108
222

TQ/RAD
X10 6
(lb. in./rad)
0.04
0.06
0.21
0.25
0.56
0.79
1.48
1.68

FREE END
FLOAT
+/- inch
0.030
0.040
0.042
0.055
0.060
0.065
0.085
0.100

NOTES
1) WEIGHT, WR2 AND TORSIONAL STIFFNESS VALUES SHOWN ARE FOR AJ HUBS AT MAXIMUM BORE SIZE.

F515

CLOSE COUPLE AA SERIES


4 BOLT CLOSE COUPLED COUPLING
(GENERAL USE SHORTER BOLT REMOVAL)
The AA series close coupling is made up of two hubs, a cast iron block type spacer and two sets of standard
hardware. Stainless steel flex discs are standard. The AA accommodates close shaft separations when it is
installed with the shafts extending through the flex discs into the center of the coupling. The shaft diameter
must be less than the flex disc I.D. listed in the dimensional table. This coupling is recommended when the
bolt removal length (J) makes the AX coupling impractical.
Special machined steel block spacers are also available in several sizes.

RATED MISALIGNMENT:
1.0 DEG/DISC

HUB OPTIONS
HUB TYPE
AJ - STANDARD
AZ - OVERSIZE
QD BUSHING MOUNT
AC/AD CLAMP
AL LOCK ELEMENT
SEE PAGE F58

SIZE
05
10
15
20
25
30
35
40

SIZE
05-45
05-45
15-40
05-25
05-25

MAX BORE
AJ
AZ
0.87
1.13
1.25
1.63
1.37
1.88
1.62
2.13
2.00
2.38
2.38
2.88
2.88
3.75
3.25
4.00

MATERIAL
CLASSES
CLASS
SIZE
A
05-45
B
05-45
C
15-45
E
N/A
SEE PAGE F54

COUPLING CONSISTS OF:


2 HUBS EXAMPLE- AJ35A x 2
1 SPACER ASSEMBLY EXAMPLE- AA35SAA
THIS COUPLING IS SOLD AS COMPONENTS

2.65
3.19
3.65
4.08
4.95
5.63
6.63
7.64

3.23
3.73
3.82
4.38
5.26
6.24
6.91
7.70

DIMENSIONS IN INCHES*
DBSE
F
Dmin
Dmax
0.25
1.23
1.00
0.25
1.73
1.00
0.31
1.56
1.13
0.41
1.74
1.32
0.41
2.02
1.62
0.56
2.48
1.88
0.66
2.41
2.25
0.75
2.70
2.50

0.24
0.27
0.32
0.34
0.45
0.47
0.55
0.60

1.30
1.80
2.00
2.40
2.80
3.30
4.15
4.65

0.54
0.56
0.88
0.79
1.00
1.14
0.97
1.30

* DIMENSIONS SHOWN ARE FOR AJ HUBS UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED.


** SHAFT I.D. MUST BE LESS THAN DISC I.D. IN ORDER TO EXTEND SHAFTS INTO COUPLING TO MEET Dmin DIMENSION.

SIZE
05
10
15
20
25
30
35
40

HP PER
100 RPM
1.0 S.F
0.48
1.27
2.50
3.49
6.03
11.00
18.00
29.00

RATED TORQUE
(lb. in.)
300
800
1,575
2,200
3,800
6,930
11,340
18,270

PEAK O/L
TORQUE
(lb. in.)
450
1,200
2,363
3,300
5,700
10,395
17,010
27,405

MAX
RPM

WEIGHT
(lbs.)

WR2
(lb. in.2)

3,600
3,500
3,450
3,350
3,200
3,000
2,800
2,650

1.76
2.77
4.24
5.48
9.81
15.0
22.4
34.3

1.40
3.35
6.66
10.2
29.4
59
121
250

TQ/RAD
X106
(lb. in./rad)
0.06
0.10
0.26
0.25
0.62
0.94
1.44
2.43

NOTES:
1) WEIGHT, WR2 AND TORSIONAL STIFFNESS VALUES SHOWN ARE FOR AJ HUBS AT MAXIMUM BORE SIZE.
2) MAX RPM SHOWN BASED ON CAST IRON SPACER MATERIAL.

F516

SPACER
ASSEMBLY
PART #
AAxxSAA
AAxxSAB
AAxxSAC
N/A
xx = SIZE

FREE END
FLOAT
+/- inch
0.030
0.040
0.042
0.055
0.060
0.065
0.085
0.100

DISC
I.D.**
1.00
1.17
1.28
1.65
1.78
2.01
2.71
3.00

CLOSE COUPLE AY SERIES


4 BOLT CLOSE COUPLED COUPLING
(POSITIONING APPLICATIONS)
The AY series is specifically designed for positioning applications where a servo or stepper drive is C flange
mounted and connects to a ball screw. The AY accommodates the small amounts of angular and parallel
misalignment with an absolute minimum size package, zero backlash and high torsional stiffness. The AY
is made up of two hubs, a steel spacer block, two stainless flex discs and AY hardware. The coupling must
be installed as an assembled unit. The spacer is not service removable.

AL
HUB SHOWN

RATED MISALIGNMENT: 1.0 DEG/DISC


HUB OPTIONS
HUB TYPE
AJ - STANDARD
AZ - OVERSIZE
QD BUSHING MOUNT
AC/AD CLAMP
AL LOCK ELEMENT
SEE PAGE F58

SIZE
05
10
15
20
25

SIZE
05-25
05-25
15-25
05-25
05-25

MAX BORE
AJ
AZ
0.87
1.13
1.25
1.63
1.37
1.88
1.62
2.13
2.00
2.38

MATERIAL
CLASSES
CLASS
SIZE
A
05-25
B
05-25
C
N/A
E
N/A
SEE PAGE F54

COUPLING CONSISTS OF:


2 HUBS EXAMPLE- AJ20A x 1-1/2
1 SPACER ASSEMBLY EXAMPLE- AY20SAA
THIS COUPLING IS SOLD AS COMPONENTS

2.65
3.19
3.65
4.08
4.95

2.85
2.91
3.33
3.76
4.77

DIMENSIONS IN INCHES*
DBSE
Dmin
Dmax
0.49
0.85
0.50
0.91
0.56
1.07
0.56
1.12
0.87
1.53

1.00
1.00
1.13
1.32
1.62

0.24
0.27
0.32
0.34
0.45

1.30
1.80
2.00
2.40
2.80

SPACER
ASSEMBLY
PART #
AYxxSAA
AYxxSAB
N/A
N/A
xx = SIZE

DISC
I.D.**
1.00
1.17
1.28
1.65
1.78

* DIMENSIONS SHOWN ARE FOR AJ HUBS UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED.


** SHAFT I.D. MUST BE LESS THAN DISC I.D. IN ORDER TO EXTEND SHAFTS INTO COUPLING TO MEET Dmin DIMENSION.

SIZE
05
10
15
20
25

HP PER
100 RPM
1.0 S.F
0.48
1.27
2.50
3.49
6.03

RATED TORQUE
(lb. in.)
300
800
1,575
2,200
3,800

PEAK O/L
TORQUE
(lb. in.)
600
1,600
3,150
4,400
7,600

AGMA 7
MAX
RPM
8,500
7,500
6,700
6,200
5,500

WEIGHT
(lbs.)
1.64
2.68
4.23
5.49
9.78

WR2
(lb. in.2)
(lb. in./rad)
1.24
3.08
6.41
9.92
27.6

TQ/RAD
X106
0.13
0.35
0.64
0.83
1.56

FREE END
FLOAT
+/- inch
0.030
0.040
0.042
0.055
0.060

NOTE:
1) WEIGHT, WR2 AND TORSIONAL STIFFNESS VALUES SHOWN ARE FOR AJ HUBS AT MAXIMUM BORE SIZE.

F517

CLOSE COUPLE BY SERIES


6 BOLT CLOSE COUPLED COUPLING
The BY series close coupling is a low cost replacement for gear or elastomeric couplings. It is ideal for use
in low to moderate speed applications with motor or turbine drivers. The BY is an economical alternative to
Axial Split spacer designs. The BY accommodates close shaft spacings by allowing the connected shafts
to extend through the flex discs and spacer without restriction. The spacer is not service removable if the
shaft gap is less than the D1 dimension shown. For shorter shaft spacings, the flex discs may still be
replaced by removing the coupling bolts and shuttling the spacer from side to side.
Inverted (BY) and Extended (BH) hubs are available to allow varying shaft diameters and spacing.

COUPLING CONSISTS OF:


2 HUBS EXAMPLE- BY43A x 2-1/2
1 SPACER ASSEMBLY EXAMPLE- BY43SAA
THIS COUPLING IS SOLD AS COMPONENTS

SIZE
33
38
43
48
53
58
63
68

MAX BORE
BY inv BH ext
2.00
2.25
2.63
3.00
2.88
3.25
3.25
3.75
3.63
3.88
4.00
4.25
4.50
4.88
4.75
5.00

SIZE
33
38
43
48
53
58
63
68

A
4.69
5.87
6.70
7.50
7.87
9.00
10.00
10.75

HP PER RATED TORQUE


100 RPM
(lb. in.)
1.0 S.F
4.84
3,050
10.08
6,350
19.84
12,500
26.98
17,000
38.10
24,000
53.97
34,000
76.19
48,000
114.29
72,000

RATED MISALIGNMENT: 0.5 DEG/DISC

B1

B2

B3

4.13
4.45
5.41
5.64
6.77
7.60
8.40
9.20

4.530
5.260
6.265
6.630
7.600
8.700
9.230
10.450

4.93
6.07
7.12
7.62
8.43
9.80
10.06
11.70

PEAK O/L
TORQUE
(lb. in.)
4,575
9,525
18,750
25,500
36,000
51,000
72,000
108,000

AGMA 8
MAX
RPM
8,400
7,500
6,800
6,500
6,000
5,500
5,200
4,800

DIMENSIONS IN INCHES
DBSE
C
D1
D2
1.350
0.43
0.930
1.440
0.57
1.070
1.645
0.81
1.465
1.760
0.76
1.440
2.050
1.01
1.840
2.150
1.20
2.250
2.550
1.20
2.250
2.500
1.60
2.900

WEIGHT
(lbs.)

WR2
(lb. in.2)

8.06
13.9
23.2
31.1
40.3
65.4
82.8
106

22.3
65.1
144
241
345
734
1150
1760

D3
1.43
1.57
2.12
2.12
2.67
3.30
3.30
4.20

Fe

Ji

1.85
1.94
2.30
2.44
2.88
3.20
3.60
3.80

1.75
2.25
2.50
2.75
2.88
3.25
3.38
3.75

3.14
4.13
4.63
5.40
5.65
6.22
7.14
7.33

1.46
1.61
2.51
2.34
2.93
4.40
4.00
5.28

TQ/RAD
FREE END
X106
FLOAT
(lb. in./rad)
+/- inch
0.94
0.060
2.98
0.084
4.99
0.090
5.42
0.108
9.10
0.108
15.4
0.118
25.8
0.140
37.4
0.144

NOTE:
1) WEIGHT, WR2 AND TORSIONAL STIFFNESS VALUES SHOWN ARE FOR BY HUBS AT MAXIMUM BORE SIZE.

F518

Fi

Je
1.06
0.80
1.60
1.35
2.10
3.30
3.17
4.03

MATERIAL
SPACER
CLASSES
ASSEMBLY
CLASS SIZE
PART #
A
33-68 BYxxSAA
B
33-68 BYxxSAB
C
N/A
N/A
E
N/A
N/A
SEE PAGE F54 xx = SIZE

CLOSE COUPLE BA SERIES-6 BOLT DESIGN


& DA SERIES-8 BOLT DESIGN
AXIAL SPLIT SPACER COUPLINGS
Axial split spacer couplings are an ideal replacement for lubricated gear or grid couplings. Close shaft
separations are met without requirements for extending shafts through hubs. The split spacer removes
radially to allow removal of connected equipment. Flex discs may be replaced without disturbing the
connected equipment. The axial split series features all steel construction. Stainless steel flex discs are
standard for the BA series. Both stainless and high strength alloy steel flex disc options are available with
the DA series.

RATED MISALIGNMENT: 0.7 DEG/DISC

SIZE
BA33
BA38
BA43
DA31
DA35
DA37
DA42
DA45
DA50
DA55
DA60
DA70

SIZE
BA33
BA38
BA43
DA31
DA35
DA37
DA42
DA45
DA50
DA55
DA60
DA70

MAX
BORE
1.75
2.50
2.63
3.38
3.75
4.19
4.50
4.75
5.00
5.50
6.00
7.00

DIMENSIONS IN INCHES
D
A
B
DBSE
4.69
5.87
6.70
7.81
8.69
9.69
10.50
11.31
12.88
14.44
16.00
18.25

HP PER
100 RPM
1.0 S.F
6.29
13.10
25.79
38.10
54.13
81.11
114.76
130.48
196.83
300.00
390.48
549.21

3.88
4.38
5.00
5.87
6.81
7.37
8.19
9.31
9.75
11.00
12.38
14.38

0.12
0.12
0.12
0.19
0.25
0.25
0.25
0.31
0.31
0.38
0.38
0.38

RATED TORQUE
(lb. in.)
3,965
8,255
16,250
24,000
34,100
51,100
72,300
82,200
124,000
189,000
246,000
346,000

F
1.88
2.13
2.44
2.84
3.28
3.56
3.97
4.50
4.72
5.31
6.00
7.00

PEAK O/L
TORQUE
(lb. in.)
7,930
16,510
32,500
48,000
68,200
102,200
144,600
164,400
248,000
378,000
492,000
692,000

G
0.33
0.40
0.48
0.44
0.54
0.69
0.69
0.75
0.96
1.04
1.10
1.40

H
2.71
3.55
3.91
5.22
5.71
6.18
6.70
7.20
7.93
8.95
9.89
11.08

ORDERING: BA and DA Series


couplings are sold as components.
Please specify hub bore sizes and
specify flex disc materials for DA
series couplings.

MAX RPM
UNBALANCED

BALANCED

4,200
3,800
3,700
3,000
2,800
2,500
2,300
2,200
2,000
1,900
1,800
1,700

7,000
6,300
6,000
5,000
4,500
4,000
3,700
3,400
3,300
2,800
2,500
2,500

WEIGHT
(lbs.)

WR2
(lb. in.2)

10.7
18.1
30.2
45.5
63.4
87
114
152
215
317
450
664

29.2
81.7
158
372
627
1,110
1,670
2,550
4,610
8,550
14,900
28,800

FREE END
FLOAT
+/- inch
0.060
0.084
0.090
0.052
0.056
0.062
0.067
0.072
0.082
0.092
0.102
0.115

NOTE:
1) WEIGHTS AND WR2 VALUES SHOWN ARE AT MAXIMUM BORE SIZE.

F519

SPACER 4 BOLT
AK SERIES-STOCK LENGTH COUPLING
AP SERIES-CUSTOM LENGTH COUPLING
The AK and AP series couplings are standard design spacer couplings. They are made up of two hubs, a
one-piece machined spool spacer and two sets of flex discs with standard hardware, including stainless
steel flex discs. The AK is the stocked minimum length spacer. The AP is made-to-order to any custom
spacer length. AP series pricing is standard for any spacer length up to 9 inches.
RATED MISALIGNMENT: 1.0 DEG/DISC

For type AP, specify the D (DBSE) dimension in 1/100th inches.


Example: AP10A350 specifies AP10 class A 3.50 DBSE.

HUB OPTIONS
HUB TYPE
AJ - STANDARD
AZ - OVERSIZE
QD BUSHING MT.
AC/AD CLAMP
AL LOCK ELEMENT
SEE PAGE F58

SIZE
05
10
15
20
25
30
35
40

SIZE
05-45
05-45
15-40
05-25
05-25

MAX BORE
AJ
AZ
0.87
1.13
1.25
1.63
1.37
1.88
1.62
2.13
2.00
2.38
2.38
2.88
2.88
3.75
3.25
4.00

COUPLING CONSISTS OF:


2 HUBS EXAMPLE- AJ25A x 1-3/4
1 SPACER ASSEMBLY EXAMPLE- AK25SAA
THIS COUPLING IS SOLD AS COMPONENTS

A
2.65
3.19
3.65
4.08
4.95
5.63
6.63
7.64

DIMENSIONS IN INCHES*
Bmin
Dmin
F
(AK)
(AK)
3.72
1.72
1.00
4.06
2.06
1.00
4.67
2.41
1.13
5.02
2.38
1.32
6.16
2.92
1.62
7.57
3.81
1.88
8.81
4.31
2.25
9.88
4.88
2.50

MATERIAL
CLASSES
CLASS
SIZE
A
05-45
B
05-45
C
15-45
E
MTO 15-45
SEE PAGE F54

0.24
0.27
0.32
0.34
0.45
0.47
0.55
0.60

1.30
1.80
2.00
2.40
2.80
3.30
4.15
4.65

0.54
0.56
0.88
0.79
1.00
1.14
0.97
1.30

SPACER ASSEMBLY
PART #
AK
AP
AKxxSAA APxxAddd
AKxxSAB APxxBddd
AKxxSAC APxxCddd
AKxxSAE APxxEddd
xx = SIZE ddd=DBSE

FREE END
FLOAT
+/- inch
0.030
0.040
0.042
0.055
0.060
0.065
0.085
0.100

* DIMENSIONS SHOWN ARE FOR AJ HUBS UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED.

SIZE
05
10
15
20
25
30
35
40

HP PER
100 RPM
1.0 S.F
0.48
1.27
2.50
3.49
6.03
11.00
18.00
29.00

RATED TORQUE
LB*IN
(lb. in.)
300
800
1,575
2,200
3,800
6,930
11,340
18,270

PEAK O/L
TORQUE
(lb. in.)
600
1,600
3,150
4,400
7,600
13,860
22,680
36,540

AGMA 7
MAX
RPM
8,500
7,500
6,700
6,200
5,500
5,000
4,400
4,000

WEIGHT (lbs.)
AT MIN
ADD PER
D
in. OF D
2.32
0.14
3.62
0.22
5.44
0.26
6.96
0.32
12.7
0.41
19.0
0.46
27.6
0.63
42.1
0.76

WR2-(lb. in.2)
AT MIN
ADD PER
D
in. OF D
1.87
0.05
4.48
0.11
8.86
0.19
13.8
0.34
38.8
0.62
77.7
0.92
156
2.29
322
3.55

NOTES:
1) WEIGHT, WR2 AND TORSIONAL STIFFNESS VALUES SHOWN ARE FOR AJ HUBS AT MAXIMUM BORE SIZE.
2) TO CALCULATE TORSIONAL STIFFNESS FOR A GIVEN SPACER LENGTH, LET L= D - Dmin
TORSIONAL STIFFNESS = 1/[(1/K) + (L/Y)]

F520

TORS. STIFFNESS
106 (lb. in./rad)
K factor
Y factor
0.15
2.00
0.43
4.64
0.74
7.51
1.08
13.8
1.74
25.1
2.89
37.4
5.34
93
8.21
144

SPACER BP SERIES
6 BOLT SPACER COUPLING
The BP series coupling is a standard design spacer coupling using the 6 bolt disc design. The coupling is
made up of two hubs, a one-piece machined spool spacer and two sets of flex discs with standard
hardware, including stainless steel flex discs. The BP is made-to-order to any custom spacer length.
BP series pricing is standard for any spacer length up to 9 inches.

RATED MISALIGNMENT: 0.7 DEG/DISC


HUB TYPES SIZES
BH
33-78
SEE PAGE F59

COUPLING CONSISTS OF:


2 HUBS EXAMPLE- BH33Ax2
1 SPACER ASSEMBLY EXAMPLEBP33A500 (5DBSE)
THIS COUPLING IS SOLD AS COMPONENTS

Specify the D (DBSE) dimension in 1/100th inches.


Example: BP33A350 specifies BP33 class A 3.50
DBSE. Specify each hub bore size as required.

DIMENSIONS IN INCHES

33
38
43
48
53
58

2.25
3.00
3.25
3.75
3.88
4.25

4.69
5.87
6.70
7.50
7.87
9.00

2.09
2.37
2.95
3.00
3.91
4.80

1.75
2.25
2.50
2.75
2.88
3.25

0.285
0.335
0.465
0.495
0.520
0.555

3.14
4.13
4.63
5.40
5.65
6.22

FREE
END
FLOAT
+/- inch
0.060
0.084
0.090
0.108
0.108
0.118

63
68

4.88
5.00

10.00
10.75

4.88
6.20

3.38
3.75

0.600
0.849

7.14
7.33

0.140
0.144

SIZE

SIZE
33

MAX
BORE

HP PER
100 RPM
1.0 S.F
4.84

Dmin

RATED TORQUE
LB*IN
(lb. in.)
3,050

PEAK O/L
TORQUE
(lb. in.)
6,100

AGMA 8
MAX
RPM
8,400

MATERIAL
CLASSES
CLASS
SIZE
A
33-73
B
33-78
C
38-63
E
N/A
SEE PAGE F54

WEIGHT (lbs.)
AT MIN
ADD PER
D
in. OF D
8.49
0.47

38
43

10.08
19.84

6,350
12,500

12,700
25,000

7,500
6,800

15.9
24.3

0.63
0.74

48
53
58
63
68

26.98
38.10
53.97
76.19
114.29

17,000
24,000
34,000
48,000
72,000

34,000
48,000
68,000
96,000
144,000

6,500
6,000
5,500
5,200
4,800

33.2
41.7
65.1
80.5
104

0.87
0.93
0.98
1.14
1.17

WR2-(lb. in.2)
AT MIN
ADD PER
D
in. OF D
23.3
0.91
71.8
143
248
354
707
1,100
1,560

2.24
3.59
5.79
6.93
8.14
13.0
14.7

SPACER
ASSEMBLY
PART #
BPxxAddd
BPxxBddd
BPxxCddd
N/A
ddd = DBSE

TORS. STIFFNESS
x106 (lb. in./rad)
K factor
Y factor
2.42
37.1
4.93
9.40
13.2
15.1
23.7
34.9
44.0

90.8
146.
235.
281.
330.
528.
597.

NOTES:
1) WEIGHT, WR2 AND TORSIONAL STIFFNESS VALUES SHOWN ARE FOR BH HUBS AT MAXIMUM BORE SIZE.
2) TO CALCULATE TORSIONAL STIFFNESS FOR A GIVEN SPACER LENGTH, LET L= D - Dmin
TORSIONAL STIFFNESS = 1/[(1/K) + (L/Y)]

F521

SPACER DP SERIES
8 BOLT SPACER COUPLINGS
The DP series coupling is a fully machined spacer coupling using the 8 bolt disc design used for high
torque applications at higher speeds. The coupling is made up of two hubs, a one-piece machined spool
spacer and two sets of flex discs and hardware. The DP is made-to-order to any customer spacer length.
Both stainless and high strength alloy flex disc materials are available.

RATED MISALIGNMENT: 0.5 DEG/DISC

MEETS API 610


9TH EDITION
WITH OPTIONAL
BALANCING

SPECIFY BORES & DBSE


THIS COUPLING IS SOLD AS AN ASSEMBLY.

SIZE

DP31
DP35
DP37
DP42
DP45
DP50
DP55
DP60
DP70

MAX BORE
DA
DH
3.38
3.63
3.75
4.00
4.00
4.50
4.50
4.75
4.75
5.13
5.00
5.38
5.50
6.00
6.00
6.50
7.00
7.50

7.81
8.69
9.69
10.50
11.31
12.88
14.44
16.00
18.25

SIZE

HP PER
100 RPM
1.0 S.F

RATED TORQUE
LB*IN
(lb. in.)

DP31
DP35
DP37
DP42
DP45
DP50
DP55
DP60
DP70

50.75
76.12
107.84
146.69
157.00
260.08
396.47
586.77
840.51

32,000
48,000
68,000
92,500
99,000
164,000
250,000
370,000
530,000

DIMENSIONS IN INCHES
Dmin
F1
F2
DBSE
DA
DH
4.38
2.84
3.37
4.75
3.28
3.75
5.00
3.56
4.00
5.13
3.97
4.25
5.25
4.50
4.50
7.25
4.72
5.00
7.62
5.31
5.50
8.13
6.00
6.00
9.25
7.00
7.00

PEAK O/L
TORQUE
(lb. in.)
64,000
96,000
136,000
185,000
198,000
328,000
510,000
740,000
1,060,000

AGMA 8
MAX
RPM
6,500
5,700
5,400
5,100
4,800
4,300
4,100
3,600
3,300

G
0.44
0.54
0.69
0.69
0.75
0.96
1.04
1.10
1.40

WEIGHT (lbs.)
AT MIN
ADD PER
D
in. OF D
37.2
54.5
69.3
91.4
118
175
260
367
559

0.60
0.97
1.05
1.54
1.66
2.28
3.03
4.01
5.46

H1
DA
5.22
5.71
6.18
6.70
7.20
7.93
8.95
9.89
11.06

WR2-(lb. in.2)
AT MIN
ADD PER
D
in. OF D
289
525
839
1,270
1,910
3,560
6,690
11,600
23,500

NOTES:
1) WEIGHT, WR2 AND TORSIONAL STIFFNESS VALUES SHOWN ARE FOR DA HUBS AT MAXIMUM BORE SIZE.
2) TO CALCULATE TORSIONAL STIFFNESS FOR A GIVEN SPACER LENGTH, LET L= D - Dmin
TORSIONAL STIFFNESS = 1/[(1/K) + (L/Y)]

F5-22

H2
DH
5.50
5.88
6.50
7.00
7.44
8.38
9.44
10.25
11.75

4.30
8.16
10.7
18.2
23.4
38.3
63.2
101
172

FREE END
FLOAT
+/- inch
0.052
0.056
0.062
0.067
0.072
0.082
0.092
0.102
0.115

TORS. STIFFNESS
x106 (lb. in./rad)
K factor
Y factor
16.7
26.7
34.7
47.2
61.0
78.7
133
187
285

168
318
417
711
912
1,490
2,470
3,950
6,690

SPACER BF SERIES
6 BOLT DROP OUT SPACER COUPLING
The BF series is designed for moderate service in higher speed applications. The coupling consists of
factory assembled spacer unit which mounts between two hubs. The spacer assembly drops out as one
unit for easy maintenance. The BF has all steel construction with standard stainless steel flex discs.
The coupling is manufactured to meet AGMA class 9 balance requirements. Dynamic balancing for higher
speed operation is also available. Standard length spacers are stocked. Pricing is standard for any spacer
length up to the Dmax value listed. Longer spacer lengths are also available.

RATED MISALIGNMENT: 0.5 DEG/DISC

SPECIFY BORES & DBSE


THIS COUPLING IS SOLD AS COMPONENTS
UNLESS BALANCED.

SIZE

15(3)
20(3)
33
38
43
48
53
58
63
68
73
78

STD
EXT
1.50
1.88
2.25
3.00
3.50
3.75
4.13
4.63
5.13
5.63
6.50
7.50

MAX BORE
INTERM. LARGE
HUB
HUB
1.88
2.38
2.13
2.75
3.25
4.00
4.50
5.00
-

Dmin

3.65
4.19
4.93
6.00
6.77
7.62
8.00
9.00
10.00
11.00
12.75
15.30

3.43
3.43
3.09
3.50
4.43
4.50
5.69
6.88
6.93
7.56
11.00
11.08

MEETS API 610


9TH EDITION
DIMENSIONS IN INCHES
DBSE
Fs
STD
Dmax*
STOCK
INTERM.
9.00
3.5, 4.37
1.31
9.00 3.5, 4.37, 5
1.56
9.00
3.5, 5, 7
2.00
9.00
5, 7
2.63
9.00
5, 7
3.12
9.00
5, 7
3.25
9.00
7
3.63
9.00
7
4.12
9.00
7
4.50
12.00
5.00
15.00
5.13
15.00
6.38

Fe
EXT

Fl
LRG

G
MAX

1.69
2.06
2.50
3.25
3.75
4.00
4.38
5.00
5.38
6.00
6.38
7.38

1.63
1.81
2.06
2.75
3.00
3.25
-

2.09
2.56
3.13
4.13
5.00
5.38
5.75
6.50
7.25
8.00
8.38
10.19

Hs
STD
EXT
2.33
2.81
3.38
4.43
5.25
5.63
6.13
6.88
7.63
8.38
9.38
10.75

Hm
INTERM.
2.75
3.00
-

* Longer D dimensions are available. Consult factory for pricing.

SIZE
(4)
15
20
33
38
43
48
53
58
63
68
73
78

HP PER RATED TORQUE


100 RPM
LB*IN
1.0 S.F
(lb. in.)
2.50
3.49
6.27
13.10
21.43
29.21
38.10
65.08
76.19
114.29
198.41
369.84

1,575
2,200
3,950
8,255
13,500
18,400
24,000
41,000
48,000
72,000
125,000
233,000

PEAK O/L AGMA 9 (3)


WEIGHT (lbs.)
TORQUE
MAX.
AT MIN. ADD PER
(lb. in.)
RPM
D
(in.) OF D
3,150
4,400
7,900
16,510
27,000
36,800
48,000
82,000
96,000
144,000
250,000
466,000

13,500
12,500
11,000
9,800
8,800
8,300
7,800
7,000
6,700
6,200
5,700
5,000

7.22
9.31
13.1
24.3
44.5
54.3
72
107
134
188
272
475

0.12
0.19
0.47
0.63
0.70
0.79
0.88
0.98
1.14
1.48
2.02
3.21

TORSIONAL STIFFNESS
WR2-(lb. in.2)
AT MIN. ADD PER
x106 (lb. in./rad)
D
(in.) OF D K factor
Y factor
11.9
19.9
39.3
114.0
276
422
633
1,200
1,870
3,020
5,890
14,700

0.05
0.15
0.91
2.23
3.05
4.61
5.92
8.14
13.0
16.2
27.0
63.8

0.52
0.92
3.32
6.91
9.66
12.8
14.9
23.4
33.5
44.7
75.1
142

2.09
3.72
37.0
90.7
124
187
240
330
528
569
1,100
2,590

FREE END
FLOAT
+/- inch
0.045
0.055
0.060
0.076
0.090
0.108
0.108
0.118
0.140
0.144
0.156
0.170

NOTES:
1) WEIGHT, WR2 AND TORSIONAL STIFFNESS VALUES SHOWN ARE FOR STANDARD HUBS AT MAXIMUM BORE SIZE.
2) TO CALCULATE TORSIONAL STIFFNESS FOR A GIVEN SPACER LENGTH, LET L= D - Dmin
TORSIONAL STIFFNESS = 1/[(1/K) + (L/Y)]
3) CONSULT FACTORY FOR HIGHER SPEED OPERATION
4) SIZES 15-20 ARE A 4-BOLT DISC DESIGN, SIZES 33-68 ARE A 6-BOLT DISC DESIGN AND SIZES 73-78 ARE AN 8-BOLT DESIGN.

F5-23

SPACER HSH SERIES


8 BOLT SPACER COUPLINGS
The HSH series is designed for high torque, low speed applications. Hubs are cast iron. Steel is optional.
Spacers are cast grey or ductile iron. Flex discs are high strength alloy steel. Stainless steel flex discs are
optional. Dynamic balancing for higher speed operation is not recommended. Single plane balancing of
hubs and spacers is available.

SIZE
22
26
31
35
37
42
45
50
55
60
70
75
80
85
92
105
160

SIZE
22
26
31
35
37
42
45
50
55
60
70
75
80
85
92
105
160

MAX BORE
IRON
STEEL
2.25

2.62

3.12
3.63
3.62
4.00
3.75
4.50
4.25
4.75
4.50
5.13
5.12
5.50
5.62
6.25
6.50
7.12
7.00
7.87
7.75
8.75
8.00
9.12
8.50
9.62
10.00
11.00
10.50
12.00
16.00
17.00

HP PER
100 RPM
1.0S.F
15.08
25.40
38.10
69.84
95.24
115.90
157.10
203.20
300.00
414.30
658.70
846.00
1,087.00
1,316.00
1,651.00
1,984.00
3,175.00

DIMENSIONS IN INCHES
D
A (2)
B
DBSE
6.00
6.87
8.12
9.12
10.06
11.00
11.87
13.43
15.00
16.75
18.93
20.62
22.37
23.75
25.75
29.25
33.50

RATED TORQUE
(lb. in.)
9,500
16,000
24,000
44,000
60,000
73,000
99,000
128,000
189,000
261,000
415,000
533,000
685,000
829,000
1,040,000
1,250,000
2,000,000

8.00
9.50
10.87
12.06
13.12
13.93
14.75
16.81
18.68
20.93
23.62
25.00
26.87
28.62
31.00
34.25
40.25

PEAK O/L
TORQUE
(lb. in.)
14.250
24,000
36,000
66,000
90,000
109,500
148,500
192,000
283,500
391,500
622,500
799,500
1,027,500
1,243,500
1,560,000
1,875,000
3,000,000

3.00
3.50
4.12
4.56
5.12
5.43
5.75
6.81
7.68
8.43
9.62
10.50
11.37
12.12
13.00
13.25
16.25

MAX
RPM
3,800
3,300
2,800
2,600
2,500
2,400
2,250
2,000
1,800
1,600
1,400
1,300
1,200
1,100
1,000
1,000
900

2.50
2.88
3.37
3.75
4.00
4.25
4.50
5.00
5.50
6.25
7.00
7.25
7.75
8.25
9.00
10.50
12.00

0.43
0.55
0.62
0.66
0.81
0.81
0.87
1.06
1.25
1.34
1.50
1.53
1.56
1.62
1.75
1.75
2.25

3.87
4.50
5.50
6.12
6.50
7.00
7.43
9.50
9.50
10.50
11.75
13.00
13.75
14.50
15.87
20.00
24.00

WEIGHT
(lbs.)
(1)
22
33
56
81
103
133
161
223
302
435
640
839
1,070
1,240
1,710
C/F
C/F

WR2
(lb. in.2)
(1)
80
161
401
750
1,130
1,740
2,510
4,580
7,480
13,800
25,900
38,600
59,800
79,400
131,000
C/F
C/F

ORDERING: HSH
Series couplings are sold
as complete assemblies.
Please specify hub type,
bore sizes, and flex disc
materials. A coupling will
be configured to meet
your specifications.

RATED MISALIGNMENT: 0.3 DEG/DISC

TQ/RAD
X10 6 (1)
(lb. in./rad)
1.5
2.3
2.9
6.5
9.9
6.9
14.8
44.3
54.2
80.1
144
148
205
204
384
C/F
C/F

NOTE:
1) WEIGHT, WR2 AND TORSIONAL STIFFNESS VALUES SHOWN ARE FOR CAST IRON HUBS AT MAXIMUM BORE SIZE.
2) HUB FLANGE DIAMETER MAY VARY WITH STEEL HUBS

F524

HUB TYPES
C.I.
STL
SEE PAGE

FREE END
FLOAT
+/- inch
0.036
0.044
0.052
0.056
0.062
0.067
0.072
0.082
0.092
0.102
0.115
0.125
0.136
0.140
0.156
0.170
0.250

SIZES
22-160
31-160
F59

SPACER FSH SERIES


8 BOLT FLYWHEEL MOUNT COUPLINGS
The FSH series is designed for high torque, low speed applications. Hubs are cast iron. Steel is optional.
Adapter plates and spacers are cast grey or ductile iron. Flex discs are high strength alloy steel. Stainless
flex discs are optional. Dynamic balancing for higher speed operation is not recommended. Single plane
balancing of flywheel adapters, hubs and spacers is available.

HUB TYPES
C.I.
STL.
SEE PAGE

SIZE

OD

10
12
14
18
20
22
26
28

10.375
12.375
13.875
18.375
20.375
22.500
26.500
28.875

SIZE
31
35
37
42
45
50
55
60
70
75
80
85
92
105

SIZE
31
35
37
42
45
50
55
60
70
75
80
85
92
105

SIZES
31-105
31-105
F59

STANDARD ADAPTER SIZES


SAE BOLTING
HD BOLTING
BC
HOLE HOLE
BC
HOLE HOLE
QTY
SIZE
QTY
SIZE
9.625
6
13/32
9.500
8
15/32
11.625
8
13/32
11.500
8
17/32
13.125
8
13/32
12.500
8
21/32
17.250
8
17/32
16.750
8
25/32
19.250
8
17/32
18.500
8
29/32
21.375
6
21/32
20.500
8
1-1/32
25.250
12
21/32
24.500
12
1-1/32
27.250
12
25/32
26.875
12
1-1/32

MAX BORE
IRON
STEEL
3.12
3.63
3.62
4.00
3.75
4.50
4.25
4.75
4.50
5.13
5.12
5.50
5.62
6.25
6.50
7.12
7.00
7.87
7.75
8.75
8.00
9.12
8.50
9.62
10.00
11.00
10.50
12.00
HP PER
100 RPM
1.0S.F
38.10
69.84
95.24
115.9
157.1
203.2
300.0
414.3
658.7
846.0
1087
1316
1651
1984

ORDERING: FSH Series


couplings are sold as complete
assemblies. Please specify hub
type, bore sizes, and flex disc
materials. A coupling will be
configured to meet your
specifications.

A(3)
8.12
9.12
10.06
11.00
11.87
13.43
15.00
16.75
18.93
20.62
22.37
23.75
25.75
29.25

RATED TORQUE
(lb. in.)
24,000
44,000
60,000
73,000
99,000
128,000
189,000
261,000
415,000
533,000
685,000
829,000
1,040,000
1,250,000

DIMENSIONS IN INCHES
D
B
F
DBSE
8.68
5.31
3.37
9.62
5.87
3.75
10.62
6.62
4.00
11.37
7.12
4.25
12.00
7.50
4.50
13.75
8.75
5.00
15.38
9.87
5.50
17.12
10.87
6.25
19.43
12.43
7.00
20.75
13.50
7.25
22.50
14.75
7.75
23.93
15.68
8.25
26.25
17.25
9.00
27.77
17.27
10.50
PEAK O/L
TORQUE
(lb. in.)
36,000
66,000
90,000
109,500
148,500
192,000
283,500
391,500
622,500
799,500
1,027,500
1,243,500
1,560,000
1,875,000

MAX
RPM
(2)
2,800
2,600
2,500
2,400
2,250
2,000
1,800
1,600
1,400
1,300
1,200
1,100
1,000
1,000

WEIGHT
(lbs.)
(1)
48
64
87
115
138
202
263
359
559
766
930
1,110
1,460
C/F

RATED MISALIGNMENT: 0.3 DEG/DISC

0.62
0.66
0.81
0.81
0.87
1.06
1.25
1.34
1.50
1.53
1.56
1.62
1.75
1.75

5.50
6.12
6.50
7.00
7.43
8.37
9.50
10.50
11.75
13.00
13.75
14.50
15.87
20.00

0.50
0.50
0.56
0.63
0.69
0.75
0.88
1.00
1.00
1.13
1.25
1.25
1.38
1.75

WR2
(lb. in.2)
(1)
442
661
1,170
1,860
2,500
5,550
8,000
12,700
26,200
43,600
60,100
83,000
124,000
C/F

TQ/RAD
X10 6 (1)
(lb. in./rad)
2.95
6.69
10.3
7.03
15.4
48.8
58.6
86.5
161
160
225
222
433
C/F

AVAILABLE ADAPTER SIZES


X = STOCK SIZE 0 = MTO
10 12 14 18 20 22 26 28
O O X X O O
O O X X O X
O O O O
O X O X X X
O X O X X X
X O X X X
X O X X X
X O X X X
X X X
O O X
O O X
X
X

FREE END
FLOAT
+/- inch
0.052
0.056
0.062
0.067
0.072
0.082
0.092
0.102
0.115
0.125
0.136
0.140
0.156
0.170

1) WEIGHT, WR2 AND TORSIONAL STIFFNESS VALUES SHOWN ARE FOR CAST IRON HUBS AT MAXIMUM BORE SIZE AND MINIMUM
AVAILABLE ADAPTER O.D.
2) MAX RPM LISTED IS FOR SMALLEST ADAPTER SIZE. CONSULT FACTORY FOR SPEED RATINGS BY ADAPTER SIZE.
3) HUB FLANGE DIAMETER MAY VARY WITH STEEL HUBS.

F525

FLOATING SHAFT A5 SERIES


4 BOLT FLOATING SHAFT COUPLINGS
The A5 series is used for spacer lengths that are longer than can be spanned economically with spacer
couplings. The A5 series has a welded tubular spacer assembly along with two hubs and standard
hardware, including stainless steel flex discs. The A5 is Made to Order to any custom spacer length.
A5 series standard pricing is listed for D dimensions up to 36 and for D dimensions from 36 to maximum
D at 1800 RPM.

RATED MISALIGNMENT: 1.0 DEG/DISC

HUB OPTIONS
HUB TYPE
AJ - STANDARD
AZ - OVERSIZE
QD BUSHING MOUNT
AC/AD CLAMP
AL LOCK ELEMENT
SEE PAGE F58

SIZE
05-45
05-45
15-40
05-25
05-25

ORDERING: A5 Series couplings are sold as complete assemblies. Please specify hub
types and bore sizes, DBSE (D) dimension, speed for dynamic balancing, and material class.
A coupling will be configured to meet your specifications.
ORDERING TYPE A6 FOR VERTICAL APPLICATIONS LONGER THAN 30 DBSE.
A THRUST BUTTON WILL BE ADDED ON THE LOWER END OF THE SPACER TO
SUPPORT THE WEIGHT OF THE SPACER

DIMENSIONS IN INCHES*
SIZE
05
10
15
20
25
30
35
40

MAX BORE
AJ
AZ
0.87
1.13
1.25
1.63
1.37
1.88
1.62
2.13
2.00
2.38
2.38
2.88
2.88
3.75
3.25
4.00

Dmin

2.65
3.19
3.65
4.08
4.95
5.63
6.63
7.64

4.00
4.00
5.00
5.00
5.00
6.00
7.00
7.00

1.00
1.00
1.13
1.32
1.62
1.88
2.25
2.50

0.24
0.27
0.32
0.34
0.45
0.47
0.55
0.60

1.30
1.80
2.00
2.40
2.80
3.30
4.15
4.65

1800
51
62
64
73
79
85
97
103

MATERIAL
CLASSES
CLASS SIZE
A
05-45
B
05-45
C
15-45
E
15-45
SEE PAGE F54

MAX DBSE (D INCHES)


FOR RPM SHOWN
1500
1200
900
750
56
62
71
78
69
76
88
96
71
79
91
99
81
90
103
113
87
97
112
122
94
102
120
132
107
119
137
150
113
126
146
160

600
87
107
111
126
137
147
168
178

* DIMENSIONS SHOWN ARE FOR AJ HUBS UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED

SIZE
05
10
15
20
25
30
35
40

HP PER
100 RPM
1.0 S.F
0.48
1.27
2.50
3.49
6.03
11.00
18.00
29.00

RATED TORQUE
(lb. in.)
300
800
1,575
2,200
3,800
6,930
11,340
18,270

PEAK O/L
TORQUE
(lb. in.)
600
1,600
3,150
4,400
7,600
13,860
22,680
36,540

WEIGHT (lbs.)
AT
ADD PER
D = 20
in. OF D
4.37
0.11
5.64
0.10
7.48
0.10
11.5
0.21
17.0
0.20
25.7
0.29
34.8
0.40
49.9
0.46

WR2-(lb. in.2)
AT
ADD PER
D = 20
in. OF D
2.38
0.03
5.88
0.07
10.3
0.07
18.3
0.22
45.0
0.29
90.6
0.56
180
1.32
356
1.95

NOTES:
1) WEIGHT, WR2 AND TORSIONAL STIFFNESS VALUES SHOWN ARE FOR AJ HUBS AT MAXIMUM BORE SIZE.
2) TO CALCULATE TORSIONAL STIFFNESS FOR A GIVEN SPACER LENGTH, LET L= D - 20
TORSIONAL STIFFNESS = 1/[(1/K) + (L/Y)]

F526

TORS. STIFFNESS
106 (lb. in./rad)
K factor
Y factor
0.04
1.12
0.11
2.81
0.13
2.81
0.35
8.77
0.52
12.0
0.98
22.7
1.99
53.9
3.14
79.3

FREE END
FLOAT
+/- inch
0.030
0.040
0.042
0.055
0.060
0.065
0.085
0.100

FLOATING SHAFT A7 SERIES


4 BOLT SEMI-FLOATING SHAFT COUPLINGS
The A7 coupling is a single flexing coupling designed for use in widely spaced three bearing systems.
The shaft end of the coupling must be supported by a self-aligning bearing. A full floating coupling may be
used in combination with the semi-floating coupling to span longer distances, or a V-Belt drive or other
component may be mounted to the shaft end. This A7 is made-to-order to any custom spacer length.
A7 series standard pricing is listed at D dimensions up to 36 inches and D dimensions between 36 inches
and max L at 1800 RPM motor speed.

RATED MISALIGNMENT: 1.0 DEG/DISC

HUB OPTIONS
HUB TYPE
AJ - STANDARD
AZ - OVERSIZE
QD BUSHING MOUNT
AC/AD CLAMP
AL LOCK ELEMENT
SEE PAGE F58

SIZE
05-45
05-45
15-40
05-25
05-25

ORDERING: A7 Series couplings are sold as complete assemblies. Please specify hub
types and bore sizes, DBSE (D) dimension, speed for dynamic balancing, and material class.
A coupling will be configured to meet your specifications.

DIMENSIONS IN INCHES*
SIZE
10
15
20
25
30
35
40

MAX BORE
AJ
AZ
1.25
1.63
1.37
1.88
1.62
2.13
2.00
2.38
2.38
2.88
2.88
3.75
3.25
4.00

Dmin

3.19
3.65
4.08
4.95
5.63
6.63
7.64

20
20
20
20
20
20
20

1.00
1.13
1.32
1.62
1.88
2.25
2.50

0.27
0.32
0.34
0.45
0.47
0.55
0.60

1.80
2.00
2.40
2.80
3.30
4.15
4.65

1.25
1.25
1.50
1.75
2.00
2.50
3.00

16.50
16.06
15.75
15.25
14.50
13.25
12.75

3.50
3.94
4.25
4.75
5.50
6.75
7.25

KEYWAY
SIZE
.25 x .12
.25 x .12
.37 x .18
.37 x .18
.50 x .25
.62 x .31
.75 x .37

MATERIAL
CLASSES
CLASS SIZE
A
10-45
B
05-45
C
15-45
E
15-45
SEE PAGE F54

MAX DBSE (D INCHES)


FOR RPM SHOWN
1800 1500 1200
900
62
69
76
88
64
71
79
91
73
81
90
103
79
87
97
112
85
94
102
120
97
107
119
137
103
113
126
146

600
107
111
126
137
147
168
178

* DIMENSIONS SHOWN ARE FOR AJ HUBS UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED

SIZE
10
15
20
25
30
35
40

HP PER
100 RPM
1.0 S.F
1.27
2.50
3.49
6.03
11.00
18.00
29.00

RATED TORQUE
(lb. in.)
800
1,575
2,200
3,800
6,930
11,340
18,270

PEAK O/L
TORQUE
(lb. in.)
1,600
3,150
4,400
7,600
13,860
22,680
36,540

MAX
RADIAL
LOAD-(lbs.)
34
56
125
183
275
400
600

WEIGHT (lbs.)
AT
ADD/ (in.)
D = 20
OF D
5.37
0.10
6.65
0.10
11.0
0.21
14.7
0.20
19.7
0.29
34.7
0.40
51.6
0.46

WR2-(lb. in.2)
AT MIN
ADD/ (in.)
D = 20
OF D
3.30
0.07
5.72
0.07
11.0
0.22
24.9
0.29
52.4
0.56
106
1.32
211
1.95

TORS. STIFFNESS
106 (lb. in./rad)
K factor
Y factor
0.26
2.81
0.28
2.81
0.56
8.77
0.91
12.0
1.52
22.7
3.03
53.9
5.26
79.3

FREE END
FLOAT
+/- inch
0.020
0.021
0.027
0.030
0.032
0.042
0.050

NOTES:
1) WEIGHT, WR2 AND TORSIONAL STIFFNESS VALUES SHOWN ARE FOR AJ HUBS AT MAXIMUM BORE SIZE.
2) TO CALCULATE TORSIONAL STIFFNESS FOR A GIVEN SPACER LENGTH, LET L= D - 20
TORSIONAL STIFFNESS = 1/[(1/K) + (L/Y)]

F527

FLOATING SHAFT B5 SERIES


6 BOLT FLOATING SHAFT COUPLINGS
The B5 series is used for spacer lengths that are longer than can be spanned economically with standard
spacer couplings. The B5 has a welded tubular spacer assembly along with two hubs and standard
hardware, including stainless steel flex discs. The B5 is made-to-order to any custom spacer length.
B5 series standard pricing is listed at D dimensions up to 36 inches and D dimensions between 36 inches
and max D at 1800 RPM motor speed.
Consult factory for vertical modifications and semi-floating designs.

HUB TYPES SIZES


BH
33-78
SEE PAGE F59
RATED MISALIGNMENT: 0.7 DEG/DISC

MATERIAL
CLASSES
CLASS SIZE
A
33-78
B
33-78
C
38-63
E
N/A
SEE PAGE F54

ORDERING: B5 Series couplings are sold as complete assemblies. Please specify hub
types and bore sizes, DBSE (D) dimension, speed for dynamic balancing, and material class.
A coupling will be configured to meet your specifications.

DIMENSIONS IN INCHES*
SIZE
33
38
43
48
53
58
63
68

SIZE
33
38
43
48
53
58
63
68

MAX
BORE
2.25
3.00
3.25
3.75
3.88
4.25
4.88
5.00

Dmin

4.69
5.87
6.70
7.50
7.87
9.00
10.00
10.75

4.25
6.00
7.00
7.50
7.50
7.50
7.50
8.00

1.75
2.25
2.50
2.75
2.88
3.25
3.38
3.75

HP PER
100 RPM
1.0 S.F
4.84
10.08
19.84
26.98
38.10
53.97
76.19
114.29

RATED TORQUE
LB*IN
(in. lbs.)
3,050
6,350
12,500
17,000
24,000
34,000
48,000
72,000

PEAK O/L
TORQUE
(in. lbs.)
6,100
12,700
25,000
34,000
48,000
68,000
96,000
144,000

G
0.285
0.335
0.465
0.495
0.520
0.555
0.600
0.849

H
3.14
4.13
4.63
5.40
5.65
6.22
7.14
7.33

WEIGHT (lbs.)
AT
ADD PER
D = 20
in. OF D
14.4
0.20
29.1
0.39
41.0
0.44
60.0
0.52
67.4
0.52
85.5
0.63
108
0.63
140
1.15

1800
79
97
103
113
113
123
123
130

MAX DBSE (D INCHES)


FOR RPM SHOWN
1500
1200
900
87
97
112
107
119
137
113
126
146
125
139
160
125
139
160
136
151
170
136
151
170
142
159
183

WR2-(lb. in.2)
AT
ADD PER
D = 20
in. OF D
32.7
0.29
113
1.28
210
1.88
402
3.10
494
3.10
874
5.43
1340
5.43
1940
13.37

NOTES:
1) WEIGHT, WR2 AND TORSIONAL STIFFNESS VALUES SHOWN ARE FOR BH HUBS AT MAXIMUM BORE SIZE.
2) TO CALCULATE TORSIONAL STIFFNESS FOR A GIVEN SPACER LENGTH, LET L= D - 20
TORSIONAL STIFFNESS = 1/[(1/K) + (L/Y)]

F528

750
122
150
160
175
175
186
186
201

TORS. STIFFNESS
x106 (in. lbs./rad)
K factor
Y factor
0.48
12.0
1.77
51.9
2.89
76.4
4.57
126
5.52
126
8.44
220
9.52
220
19.9
543

600
137
168
178
196
196
208
208
225

FREE END
FLOAT
+/- inch
0.060
0.084
0.090
0.108
0.108
0.118
0.140
0.144

FLOATING SHAFT HFTH SERIES


8 BOLT FLOATING SHAFT COUPLINGS
The HFTH series is designed for heavy duty applications that cannot use the A5 or B5 series. These
include high torque and engine driven applications. The HFTH uses a welded tubular spacer assembly.
Flex discs are high strength alloy steel. Stainless steel flex discs are optional. Dynamic balancing of the
spacer assembly is included. The HFTH is made-to-order to any custom spacer length. Large tube
designs are also available.
Consult factory for vertical modifications, and semi-floating designs or flywheel mounting.

ORDERING: HFTH Series couplings


are sold as complete assemblies.
Please specify hub speed for dynamic
balancing. A coupling will be
configured to meet your specification.

HUB TYPES SIZES


STL.
35-160
SEE PAGE F59
RATED MISALIGNMENT: 0.5 DEG/DISC

DIMENSIONS IN INCHES*
SIZE
35
37
42
45
50
55
60
70
75
80
85
92
105
160

SIZE
35
37
42
45
50
55
60
70
75
80
85
92
105
160

MAX BORE
STEEL
4.00
4.50
4.75
5.13
5.50
6.25
7.12
7.87
8.75
9.12
9.62
11.00
12.00
17.00

HP PER
100 RPM
1.0 S.F
76.12
107.8
146.7
157.0
260.1
396.5
586.8
840.5
1142
1507
1903
2062
2855
3806

Dmin

9.12
10.06
11.00
11.87
13.43
15.00
16.75
18.93
20.62
22.37
25.75
25.75
29.25
33.50

10.0
10.0
10.0
10.0
10.0
10.0
15.0
15.0
15.0
15.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0

3.75
4.00
4.25
4.50
5.00
5.50
6.25
7.00
7.25
7.75
8.25
9.00
10.50
12.00

RATED TORQUE
(lb. in.)
48,000
68,000
92,500
99,000
164,000
250,000
370,000
530,000
720,000
950,000
1,200,000
1,300,000
1,800,000
2,400,000

PEAK O/L
TORQUE
(lb. in.)
96,000
136,000
185,000
198,000
328,000
500,000
740,000
1,060,000
1,440,000
1,900,000
2,400,000
2,600,000
3,600,000
4,800,000

G
0.66
0.81
0.81
0.87
1.06
1.25
1.34
1.50
1.55
1.56
1.62
1.75
1.75
2.25

H
6.12
6.50
7.00
7.43
8.37
9.50
10.50
11.75
13.00
13.75
14.50
15.87
20.00
24.00

WEIGHT (lbs.) (1)


AT
ADD PER
D = 20
in. OF D
111
0.81
120
0.97
186
1.14
201
1.14
311
1.31
374
1.95
556
3.21
769
3.21
948
4.13
1260
4.13

1800
114
121
128
130
139
145
153
161
172
182

MAX DBSE (D INCHES)


FOR RPM SHOWN
1500
1200
900
750
124
139
161
176
132
148
172
187
140
157
182
198
143
160
185
201
153
171
197
215
159
178
206
224
168
188
217
237
176
197
228
250
189
211
244
267
199
222
257
282

600
197
210
222
226
242
252
266
279
299
315

CONSULT TB WOODS

WR2-(lb. in.2) (1)


AT
ADD PER
D = 20
in. OF D
1,040
5
1,406
8.2
2,520
13
3,370
13
6,430
20
10,100
37
18,600
75
33,000
75
49,000
158
78,900
158

TORS. STIFFNESS (1)


x106 (lb. in./rad) (2)
K factor
Y factor
9
190
15
333
21
537
23
537
38
810
67
1,510
110
3,020
134
3,020
252
6,430
265
6,430

CONSULT TB WOODS

FREE END
FLOAT
+/- inch
0.056
.062
0.067
0.072
0.082
0.092
0.102
0.115
0.125
0.136
0.140
0.166
0.170
0.250

NOTES:
1) WEIGHT, WR2 AND TORSIONAL STIFFNESS VALUES SHOWN ARE FOR BH HUBS AT MAXIMUM BORE SIZE.
2) TO CALCULATE TORSIONAL STIFFNESS FOR A GIVEN SPACER LENGTH, LET L= D - 20
TORSIONAL STIFFNESS = 1/[(1/K) + (L/Y)]

F529

TRUE TUBE COMPOSITE TORQUE TUBES

True-Tube composite tubes are high-strength, lightweight torque tubes for long span drive shafts. These
tubes are filament wound carbon or glass fiber construction in an oven cured epoxy matrix. True-Tube
composites offer the following advantages over steel tubing.

LONGER SPANS
TrueTube composite tubes have a higher stiffness to weight ratio than steel tubing. That
increases the critical speed of the tubing and allows longer spans without center bearings.

LIGHT WEIGHT
TrueTube drive shafts weigh up to 80% less than equivalent steel driveshafts. That
means better balance and reduced vibration. Bearing life may be improved by
minimizing overhung weight.

DESIGN FLEXIBILITY
TrueTube composite tubes may be custom designed to meet your requirements for
torsional stiffness, critical speed or torque capacity. With TrueTube, a designer can tune
torsional or lateral critical speeds out of a machine system.
All TrueTube products include an ultraviolet barrier that is wound into the structure of the tube before
it is cured. This UV barrier eliminates the need for paints or other protective coatings and results in a
smooth, durable finish that other composite tubes dont offer. TrueTube products are cured in an enclosed
oven to assure consistent strength and quality. Design data is shown below for standard series tubes.
Standard series tubes are designed for maximum length at moderate torques. High torque designs are also
available.
MODEL
NUMBER

TUBE
I.D.
INCHES

TUBE
O.D.
INCHES

SLEEVE
O.D.
INCHES

SL2.0
SL3.0
SL4.0
SL6.0
SL8.0
SL10.0
SL12.0

2.00
3.00
4.00
6.00
8.00
10.00
12.00

2.30
3.25
4.23
6.25
8.25
10.25
12.25

2.40
3.50
4.50
6.63
8.63
10.75
12.75

SS2.0
SS3.0
SS4.0
SS6.0
SS8.0
SS10.0
SS12.0

2.00
3.00
4.00
6.00
8.00
10.00
12.00

2.30
3.25
4.23
6.25
8.25
10.25
12.25

2.40
3.50
4.50
6.63
8.63
10.75
12.75

LS2.0
LS3.0
LS4.0
LS6.0
LS8.0
LS10.0
LS12.0

2.00
3.00
4.00
6.00
8.00
10.00
12.00

2.30
3.25
4.23
6.25
8.25
10.25
12.25

2.40
3.50
4.50
6.63
8.63
10.75
12.75

RATED
TUBE
TORSIONAL
TORQUE
WEIGHT
STIFFNESS
LB*IN
(lb./in.)
x106 LB*IN/RAD
SERIES SL ALL CARBON CONSTRUCTION
6,500
0.05
1.26
12,000
0.08
3.61
22,000
0.11
8.60
42,000
0.20
34.4
63,000
0.24
80.2
80,000
0.32
155
100,000
0.38
258
SERIES SS CARBON/GLASS CONSTRUCTION
5,500
0.06
0.97
10,500
0.08
2.86
22,000
0.12
7.28
42,000
0.20
26.4
58,000
0.28
57.3
73,000
0.34
115
88,000
0.42
206
SERIES LS ALL GLASS CONSTRUCTION
5,000
0.07
0.75
10,000
0.09
2.06
18,000
0.14
5.04
39,000
0.23
18.9
51,000
0.30
43.0
64,000
0.37
86.0
77,000
0.46
149

NOTES: 1) TORQUE RATINGS ARE AT 100% HUMIDITY AND 200 DEG. F.


2) MAX RPM VALUES SHOWN ARE CALCULATED AT 75% OF FIRST CRITICAL SPEED.
3) TORSIONAL STIFFNESS SHOWN IS PER INCH OF TUBE LENGTH.
ACTUAL STIFFNESS = TORSIONAL STIFFNESS/TUBE LENGTH (IN.)

F530

2000
RPM

MAX DBSE INCHES


1800
1500
1000
RPM
RPM
RPM

MAX TUBE
LENGTH
INCHES

90
110
127
152
180
199
215

95
116
134
160
190
210
227

104
127
147
175
208
230
249

127
155
180
214
255
281
304

82
128
145
177
192
232
232

79
97
112
135
151
173
189

83
102
118
142
160
183
199

91
112
129
155
176
200
218

111
137
158
190
216
245
267

82
128
145
177
192
232
232

66
80
93
110
128
142
155

70
84
98
116
135
150
163

77
92
107
127
148
164
178

94
113
131
155
181
201
218

82
128
145
177
192
232
232

FORM-FLEX COMPOSITE FLOATING


SHAFT COUPLINGS
Form-Flex flexible couplings may be
mated to TrueTube composite tubes
for use as long floating shaft
couplings. All types and most sizes of
Form-Flex couplings can be mated to
TrueTube composites. Common
combinations are shown below.

RATED
COUPLING TORQUE
TYPE
LB IN

MAXIMUM DBSE-INCHES
HP PER
100 RPM

COUPLING
PRODUCT NO.

MAX

A520-CS2G
A520-CS2R
A525-CS2G
A525-CS2R
A530-CS3R
A530-CS3B
A535-CS4R
A535-CS4B
A535-CS6R
A535-CS6B
A535-CS8R
A535-CS8B
A540-CS4R
A540-CS4B
B558-CS6R
B558-CS6B
B558-CS6X
B558-CS8R
B558-CS8B
B558-CS10R**
B558-CS10B**

83
83
83
83
128
128
146
146
179
179
196
196
146
146
179
179
182
196
196
236
236

A520

2,200

3.49

A525

3,800

6.03

A530

6,930

11.00

A535

11,340

18.00

A540

18,270

29.00

B558

34,000

54.00

1800
RPM

1500
RPM

70
83
70
83
102
116
118
134
142
160
175
190
118
134
142
160
165
175
190
206
210

77
83*
77
83*
112
127
129
146*
155
175
191
207*
129
146*
155
175
181
191
207
224
230

DIMENSIONS IN INCHES
MAXIMUM BORE
A

2.125

4.08

1.32

0.34

2.40

2.000

2.375

4.95

1.62

0.45

2.80

2.375

2.875

5.63

1.88

0.47

3.30

2.875

3.750

6.63

2.25

0.55

4.15

3.250

4.000

7.63

2.50

0.60

4.65

3.75

9.00

2.75

0.56

5.43

2.30
2.30
2.30
2.30
3.25
3.25
4.25
4.25
6.30
6.30
8.31
8.31
4.25
4.25
6.30
6.30
6.30
8.31
8.31
10.31
10.31

STD HUB

AZ HUB

1.625

COMPOSITE TUBE
CONSTRUCTION

QUICK SELECTION GUIDE FOR


COOLING TOWER APPLICATIONS
1800 RPM
DBSE
MAX HP
70
30
50
50
83
30
50
50
102
100
116
100
118
150
250
134
150
250
142
150
400
160
150
400
165
400
175
150
400
190
150
400
206
400
210
400
227
400

COUPLING
MODEL
A520-CS2G
HD4-CS2G***
A525-CS2G
A525-CS2R
HD4-CS2R***
A525-CS2R
A530-CS3R
A530-CS3B
A535-CS4R
A540-CS4R
A535-CS4B
A540-CS4B
A535-CS6R
B558-CS6R
A535-CS6B
B558-CS6B
B558-CS6X
A535-CS8R
B558-CS8R
A535-CS8B
B558-CS8B
B558-CS10R
B558-CS10B
B558-CS12B

1500 RPM
MAX HP
DBSE
25
77
42
42
25
83*
42
42
83
112
83
127
125
129
208
125
146*
208
125
155
333
125
175
333
333
181
125
191
333
125
207
333
333
224
333
230
333
236*

ALL SELECTIONS USE A 2.0 SERVICE FACTOR

MODEL
CODE

TUBE MATERIAL
OF CONSTRUCTION

G
R
B
X,Z

GLASS
CARBON/GLASS HYBRID
STANDARD CARBON
HIGH MODULUS CARBON

THE MODEL CODE IS THE LAST LETTER IN THE COUPLING MODEL


NUMBER. THE NUMBER xx IN THE TUBE MODEL NUMBER CSxxB
DENOTES THE NOMINAL TUBE ID.
MATERIAL
CLASS
A
B
C
E

HUB
STEEL
STEEL
ZINC PLT
304SS

MATERIAL USED
HARDWARE
SPACER FLANGES
STEEL
COMPOSITE OR STEEL
STEEL, ZINC PLT
COMPOSITE OR
304SS
ZINC PLATED STEEL
304SS
COMPOSITE OR 304SS

METAL SPACER FLANGES USED IF COMPOSITE IS NOT AVAILABLE.


NOTES
* LENGTH IS RESTRICTED BY AVAILABLE MANDRELS FOR
WINDING COMPOSITE TUBES. CONSULT FACTORY FOR LONGER
LENGTHS.
** TUBE DIAMETER IS LARGER THAN COUPLING A DIAMETER.
CONSULT FACTORY FOR COUPLING DRAWING.
*** HD4-CS COUPLINGS ARE AN ALL COMPOSITE, HIGH
MISALIGNMENT COUPLING. CONSULT PAGE F4-3 IN THE HD
ELASTOMERIC SECTION OF THIS CATALOG FOR DETAILS.

F531

M SERIES 4 BOLT MICRO COUPLINGS

Form-Flex M series microcouplings are a more compact and lighter design than traditional A Series couplings. They
are free from backlash and their high torsional stiffness makes them ideally suited for small servo and tachometer
drives. Aluminum hub construction meets low inertia requirements while the bolted assembly provides superior life
when compared to riveted types.

STYLE MA

STYLE MB

This coupling style is available


in size 04 only. It features a
machined spool type spacer.
Custom length spacers are
also available.

This coupling style features a


minimum length block spacer.
Standard flanged hubs are
supplied with the coupling.
Style MB is a good, general
use coupling.

DIMENSIONS IN INCHES
STYLE

STYLE MC

RATED
TORQUE
STD SET
SCREW SIZE (in. lbs.)

This style features the MB


style minimum length spacer
and an oversize bore capacity.
The style MC provides the
shortest overall coupling
length.

PEAK O/L
TORQUE
(in. lbs.)

WR2
OZ. (in.2)

TORSIONAL
STIFFNESS
(in. lbs./rad)

87

174

6.11

64.7X10^3

1.5

0.60

M4X0.7
M4X0.7
M6X1.0

17
35
87

34
70
174

0.29
1.33
4.99

2.9X10^3
14.9X10^3
64.7X10^3

1.5
1.5
1.5

0.40
0.50
0.60

M3X0.5
M4X0.7
M4X0.7

9
17
35

18
34
70

0.17
0.35
1.34

2.4X10^3
2.9X10^3
14.9X10^3

1.5
1.5
1.5

0.25
0.40
0.50

D
DBSE

SIZE

MAX
BORE

04

0.79

2.24

2.93

1.36

0.79

1.22

M6X1.0

02
03
04

0.38
0.63
0.79

1.26
1.65
2.24

1.39
1.80
2.38

0.45
0.54
0.81

0.47
0.63
0.79

0.71
1.02
1.22

01
02
03

0.38
0.59
0.79

1.02
1.26
1.65

1.08
1.53
1.53

0.45
0.45
0.54

0.32
0.32
0.50

RATED
FREE END
MISALIGNMENT
FLOAT
deg/disc
(in.)

MA
MB

MC

NOTE: STYLE MBO4 COUPLING HUBS WILL HAVE ROUND FLANGES AS SHOWN FOR TYPE MA.

F5-32

INDIVIDUAL PARTS & KITS

Repair kits consist of flex discs and all the necessary installation hardware. SINGLE REPAIR KITS have one set of
flex discs and all required hardware. Two single repair kits are required for a double flexing coupling. DOUBLE
REPAIR KITS have two sets of flex discs and all required hardware. HARDWARE KITS have all the components of a
repair kit except the flex discs. FLEX DISCS are also sold individually.
A SERIES (4 BOLT) COUPLING PARTS
KIT TYPE
SGL/DBL
USED ON
MATL CLASS

REPAIR

A,B

05
10
15
20
25
30
35
40
45

A05RKA
A10RKA
A15RKA
A20RKA
A25RKA
A30RKA
A35RKA
A40RKA
A45RKA

HARDWARE
SINGLE
AA, AK, AP, AR, A5, A7
C,E
A,B
...
...
A15RKE
A20RKE
A25RKE
A30RKE
A35RKE
A40RKE
A45RKE

REPAIR

HDWR
DOUBLE
AX

A05HKA
A10HKA
A10HKA
A20HKA
A25HKA
A30HKA
A35HKA
A10HKA
A45HKA

B SERIES (6 BOLT) COUPLING PARTS

REPAIR

C,E

A,B

A,B

...
...
A15HKE
A20HKE
A25HKE
A30HKE
A35HKE
A15HKE
A45HKE

AX05RKA
AX10RKA
AX15RKA
AX20RKA
AX25RKA
AX30RKA
AX35RKA
AX40RKA
AX45RKA

AX05HKA
AX10HKA
AX15HKA
AX20HKA
AX25HKA
AX30HKA
AX35HKA
AX40HKA
AX45HKA

REPAIR

HDWR

REPAIR
HDWR
DOUBLE
AY
A,B
A,B
AY05RKA
AY10RKA
AY15RKA
AY20RKA
AY25RKA
...
...
...
...

AY05HKA
AY10HKA
AY15HKA
AY20HKA
AY25HKA
...
...
...
...

A0054101
A0104101
A0154101
A0204101
A0254101
A0304101
A0354101
A0404101
A0454101

(EXCEPT BA)

KIT TYPE
SGL/DBL
USED ON
MATL CLASS

HARDWARE

A,B

A,B

A,B

A,B

15
20
33
38
43
48
53
58
63
68
73
78

...
...
B033RKA
B038RKA
B043RKA
B048RKA
B053RKA
B058RKA
B063RKA
B068RKA
...
...

...
...
...
B038RKE
B043RKE
B048RKE
B053RKE
B058RKE
B063RKE
...
...
...

...
...
B033HKA
B038HKA
B043HKA
B048HKA
B053HKA
B058HKA
B063HKA
B068HKA
...
...

...
...
...
B038HKE
B043HKE
B048HKE
B053HKE
B058HKE
B063HKE
...
...
...

BF15RKA
BF20RKA
BF33RKA
BF38RKA
BF43RKA
BF48RKA
BF53RKA
BF58RKA
BF63RKA
BF68RKA
BF73RKA
BF78RKA

BF15HKA
BF20HKA
BF33HKA
BF38HKA
BF43HKA
BF48HKA
BF53HKA
BF58HKA
BF63HKA
BF68HKA
...
...

...
...
BY33RKA
BY38RKA
BY43RKA
BY48RKA
BY53RKA
BY58RKA
BY63RKA
BY68RKA
...
...

...
...
BY33HKA
BY38HKA
BY43HKA
BY48HKA
BY53HKA
BY58HKA
BY63HKA
BY68HKA
...
...

BOLT

WASHER

NUT

D22-6H
D26-6H
D31-6H
D35-6H
D37-6H
D42-6H4*
D45-6H4*
D50-6H4*
D55-6H4*
D60-6H4*
D70-6H
D75-6H4*
D80-6H4*
D85-6H
D92-6H

D22-7
D26-7
D31-7
D35-7
D37-7
D42-7
D45-7
D50-7
D55-7
D60-7
D70-7
D75-74*
D80-7
D85-7
D92-7

D22-6N
D26-6N
D31-6N
D35-6N
D37-6N
D42-6N
D45-6N
D50-6N
D55-6N
D60-6N
D70-6N
D75-6N4*
D80-6N
D85-6N
D92-6N

SINGLE
BH, BP, B5

8 BOLT COUPLING PARTS

FLEX
DISC
ALL
ALL

SINGLE
BF

REPAIR
HDWR
DOUBLE
BY
A,B
A,B

FLEX
DISC
ALL
ALL
A0154101
A0204101
B0334101
B0384101
B0434101
B0484101
B0534101
B0584101
B0634101
B0684101
...
...

(EXCEPT DA AND DP)


HH, HSH, FSH, HFTH

CPLG
SIZE
22
26
31
35
37
42
45
50
55
60
70
75
80
85
92

DOUBLE REPAIR KIT


STD DISC

SS DISC

D22-DF
D26-DF
D31-DF
D35-DF
D37-DF
D42-DF4*
D45-DF4*
D50-DF4*
D55-DF4*
D60-DF4*
D70-DF
D75-DF4*
D80-DF4*
D85-DF
D92-DF

D22-DF-SS
D26-DF-SS
D31-DF-SS
D35-DF-SS
D37-DF-SS
D42-DF4-SS*
D45-DF4-SS*
D50-DF4-SS*
D55-DF4-SS*
D60-DF4-SS*
D70-DF-SS
D75-DF4-SS*
D80-DF4-SS*
D85-DF-SS
D92-DF-SS

SINGLE
HDWR
KIT
D22-BNW
D26-BNW
D31-BNW
D35-BNW
D37-BNW
D42-BNW4*
D45-BNW4*
D50-BNW4*
D55-BNW4*
D60-BNW4*
D70-BNW
D75-BNW4*
D80-BNW4*
D85-BNW
D92-BNW

FLEX DISC
STD

SS

D22-5
D26-5
D31-5
D35-5
D37-5
D42-5
D45-5
D50-5
D55-5
D60-5
D70-5
D75-5
D80-5
D85-5
D92-5

D22-5-SS
D26-5-SS
D31-5-SS
D35-5-SS
D37-5-SS
D42-5-SS
D45-5-SS
D50-5-SS
D55-5-SS
D60-5-SS
D70-5-SS
D75-5-SS
D80-5-SS
D85-5-SS
D92-5-SS

*ITEMS MARKED * HAVE NEW STYLE BOLTS. BOLT HEAD HEX MAY NOT FIT FSH TYPE FLYWHEEL ADAPTERS MANUFACTURED IN 1994 OR EARLIER. TO
RECEIVE OLD STYLE BOLTS, DELETE THE 4 FROM THESE PART NUMBERS.

F5-33

COOLING TOWER COUPLINGS

The traditional A5 design features all metal


construction. It can be ordered to meet any custom
spacer length. A wide variety of materials and
finishes is available.

Designed specifically as a connection for cooling


tower applications and other drives requiring long
shaft spans. Form-Flex couplings with TrueTube
composite tubing weigh less than half of its steel
counterpart and can span shaft separations of up to
240 inches. They are easy to handle, install and
maintain. TrueTube composites are extremely
corrosion resistant and are custom designed to
provide the optimum combination of torsional
strength and lateral stiffness for cooling tower drive
applications. TB Woods proprietary composite
flange design transmits torque reliably from the
metal outboard hubs to the composite flange and
into the TrueTube composite tube.

HD elastomeric couplings and TrueTube composites


are combined into a high misalignment, all
composite coupling. These couplings are easy to
install and align. Their high misalignment capacity
makes them ideal for smaller, wood framed and
fiberglass towers.

F534

SECTION
F6

GEAR
COUPLINGS
High Torque Capacity
Torsionally Stiff
Good Inherent Balance
Rated for Higher Speeds
Many Types and Configurations

F61

INDEX
Selection
Selection Process...................................................
Service Factor Table ...............................................
Standard Bore Tolerances ......................................
C Series
Continuous Sleeve Gear Coupling ..........................
F Series
Full Flex ..................................................................
Flex Rigid ...............................................................
Floating Shaft .........................................................
Flange Details.........................................................
Short Slide .............................................................
Mill Motor ..............................................................
Limited End Float ...................................................
Vertical Type...........................................................
Stock Spacers, F, MXB, or K100 Series..................
Deck-Flex and Deck-Flex Mite .......................................

F6-2
F6-3
F6-4
F6-5
F6-6
F6-7
F6-7
F6-8
F6-9
F6-10
F6-11
F6-12
F6-13
F6-14

Ordering
Standard gear coupling product is sold by component
See examples on individual pages

GEAR COUPLING SELECTION


Calculate Design Horsepower or Design Torque
If HP and RPM are Known, Calculate Design HP@100 RPM
Design HP@100 RPM=(Prime mover HP x Service Factor x 100) divided by the Coupling RPM
Refer to the HP@100 RPM rating for the coupling style desired. Select the coupling equal to or greater than the
calculated design HP@100 RPM. Check the maximum bore capabilities to be sure the size coupling you have
chosen is capable of your largest bore.
If Using Prime Mover Torque, Calculate Design Torque
Design Torque = Prime Mover Torque x Service Factor
Refer to torque rating in the coupling style desired. Select the coupling equal to or greater than the calculated
design torque. Check the maximum bore capabilities to be sure the size coupling you have chosen is capable of
your largest bore.
The above selection can be used for all series of industrial gear couplings, however, the Deck-Flex and
Deck-Flex Mite couplings have their own calculations.

F62

GEAR COUPLING SELECTION


Service Factor Table
AGITATORS
Pure Liquids
1.00
Liquids and Solids
1.25
Liquids - Variable Density
1.25
BLOWERS
Centrifugal
1.00
Lobe
1.50
Vane
1.25
BREWING AND DISTILLING
Bottling Machinery
1.00
Lauter Tub
1.25
BRIQUETTER MACHINES
2.00
CAN FILLING MACHINES
1.00
CAN KNIVES
2.00
CAR DUMPERS
2.50
CAR PULLERS - Int. Duty
1.50
CLAY WORKING MACHINERY
1.75
COMPRESSORS
Centrifugal
1.25
Lobe
1.50
Reciprocating - Mult. Cyn.
2.00
CONVEYORS - UNIFORM LOAD
Apron
1.25
Assembly
1.00
Belt
1.00
Bucket
1.25
Chain
1.25
Flight
1.25
Oven
1.50
Screw
1.25
CONVEYORS - NON-UNIFORM LOAD
Apron
1.50
Assembly
1.25
Belt
1.25
Bucket
1.50
Chain
1.50
Flight
1.50
Oven
1.50
Reciprocating
2.50
Screw
1.50
Shaker
2.50
CRANES AND HOISTS
Main Cranes
2.00
Reversing
2.00
Skip Hoists
1.75
Trolly Drive
1.75
Bridge Drive
1.75
Slope
1.50
CRUSHERS
Ore
2.75
Stone
2.75
DREDGES
Cable Reels
1.75
Conveyors
1.50
Cutter Head Drives
2.25
Jig Drives
2.25
Maneuvering Winches
1.75
Pumps
1.75
Screen Drives
1.75
Stracers
1.75
Utility Wenches
1.50
ELEVATORS
Bucket
1.75
Centrifugal Discharge
1.50
Escalators
1.25

Freight
A26 Gravity Discharge
FANS
Centrifugal
Cooling Towers Forced Draft
Induced Draft w/o Damper Control
FEEDERS
Apron
Belt
Disc
Reciprocating
Screw
FOOD INDUSTRY
Beet Slicer
Cereal Cooker
Dough Mixer
Meat Grinder
Bottling, Can Filling Machine
GENERATORS - Not Welding
HAMMER MILLS
LAUNDRY WASHERS - Reversing
LAUNDRY TUMBLERS
LUMBER INDUSTRY
Barkers - Drum Type
Edger Feeder
Live Rolls
Log Haul - Incline
Log Haul - Well Type
Off Bearing Rolls
Planer Feed Chains
Planer Floor Chains
Planer Tilting Hoist
Slab Conveyor
Sorting Table
Trimmer Feed
MACHINE TOOLS
Bending Roll
Plate Planer
Punch Press - Gear Driven
Tapping Machine
Other Machine Tools - Main Drive
Other Machine Tools - Aux. Drive
METAL MILLS
Draw Bench - Carriage
Draw Bench - Main Drive
Forming Machines
Slitters
Table Conveyors - Non-Reversing
Table Conveyors - Reversing
Wire Drawing & Flattening Mach.
Wire Winding Machine
MILLS, ROTARY TYPES
Ball
Cement Kilns
Dryers & Coolers
Kilns
Pebble
Rod
Tumbling Barrels
MIXERS
Concrete Mixers
Drum Type
OIL INDUSTRY
Chillers
Oil Well Pumping

2.00
1.50
1.00
2.00
2.00
1.25
1.25
1.25
2.50
1.25
1.75
1.25
1.75
1.75
1.00
1.00
2.00
2.00
2.00
2.00
2.00
2.00
2.00
2.00
2.00
1.75
1.75
1.75
1.50
1.50
1.75
2.00
1.50
2.00
2.50
1.50
1.25
2.00
2.00
2.00
1.50
2.25
2.50
2.00
1.75
2.25
2.00
2.00
2.00
2.00
2.00
2.00
1.75
1.50
1.25
2.00

Parafin Filter Press


Rotary Kiln
PAPER MILLS
Barker Auxiliaries, Hydraulic
Barker, Mechanical
Barking Drum - Spur Gear Only
Beater & Pulper
Bleacher
Calenders
Convert Mach. exc Cutter, Platers
Couch
Cutters, Platers
Cylinders
Dryers
Felt Stretcher
Felt Whipper
Jordans
Log Haul
Presses
Reel
Stock Chests
Suction Roll
Washer & Thickeners
Winders
PRINTING PRESSES
PULLERS - Barge Haul
PUMPS
Centrifugal
Reciprocating - Dbl. Action
Reciprocating - Sgl. 1,2 Cyl.
Reciprocating - Sgl. 3+ Cyl.
Rotary - Gear, Lobe, Vane
RUBBER INDUSTRY
Mixer - Banbury
Rubber Calender
Rubber mill - 2 or more
Sheeter
Tire Building Machines
Tire & Tube Press Openers
Tubers and Strainers
SCREENS
Air Washing
Rotary - Stone or Gravel
Traveling Water Intake
SEWAGE DISPOSAL EQUIPMENT
Bar Screens
Chemical Feeders
Collectors Circuline
Collectors Straightline
Dewatering Screens
Grit Collectors
Scum Breakers
Slow or Rapid Mixers
Sludge Collectors
Thickeners
Vacuum Filters
STEERING GEAR
STOKERS
TEXTILE INDUSTRY
Batchers
Calenders
Card Machines
Cloth Finishing
Dry Cans
Dryers

1.75
2.00
2.00
2.00
2.25
1.75
1.00
2.00
1.50
1.75
2.00
1.75
1.75
1.25
2.00
1.75
2.00
2.00
1.50
1.50
1.75
1.50
1.50
1.50
2.00
1.00
2.00
2.25
1.75
1.50
2.50
2.00
2.25
2.00
2.50
1.00
2.00
1.00
1.50
1.25
1.25
1.25
1.25
1.25
1.25
1.25
1.25
1.25
1.25
1.25
1.25
1.00
1.00
1.25
1.75
1.50
1.50
1.75
1.50

Above service factors recommended when using electric motors, hydraulic motors, etc.
Add 1.0 to Service Factor shown for internal combustion engines, etc.

F63

STANDARD BORE TOLERANCES


With the exception of Deck-Flex and Deck-Flex Mite, interference fit will be provided unless specified at
time of order.
Extracted from ANSI/AGMA 9002-A86, Bores and Keyways for Flexible Couplings, with permission of the
publisher, The American Gear Manufacturers Association, 1500 King Street, Suite 210, Alexandria,
Virginia, 23314.
Table 1 Shaft to Hub Fits and Nominal Keyway Sizes (Inches)
Clearance Fits
Nominal
Bore Range(1)

Interference Fits
Class I

Nominal Keyway Dimensions(3)

Class II
Square

Over

To
(Incl.)

Shaft
Tol.(2)
(Minus)

Bore
Tol.
(Plus)

Fit
Tol.
(Plus)

Bore
Tol.
(Plus)

Fit
Tol.
(Plus)

0.4375
0.5625
0.8750
1.2500
1.3750

0.5625
0.8750
1.2500
1.3750
1.5000

0.0005
0.0005
0.0005
0.0005
0.0005

0.0010
0.0010
0.0010
0.0010
0.0010

0.0015
0.0015
0.0015
0.0015
0.0015

0.0020
0.0020
0.0020
0.0020
0.0020

0.0025
0.0025
0.0025
0.0025
0.0025

0.0005
0.0005
0.0005
0.0005
0.0005

0.0010
0.0010
0.0010
0.0010
0.0010

0.0000
0.0000
0.0000
0.0000
0.0000

1.5000
1.7500
2.0000
2.2500

1.7500
2.0000
2.2500
2.7500

0.0010
0.0010
0.0010
0.0010

0.0010
0.0010
0.0015
0.0015

0.0020
0.0020
0.0025
0.0025

0.0020
0.0020
0.0020
0.0020

0.0030
0.0030
0.0030
0.0030

0.0010
0.0010
0.0010
0.0010

0.0020
0.0020
0.0020
0.0020

2.7500
3.0000
3.2500
3.7500

3.0000
3.2500
3.7500
4.0000

0.0010
0.0010
0.0010
0.0010

0.0015
0.0015
0.0015
0.0015

0.0025
0.0025
0.0025
0.0025

0.0020
0.0030
0.0030
0.0030

0.0030
0.0040
0.0040
0.0040

0.0010
0.0015
0.0015
0.0015

4.0000
4.5000
5.0000
5.5000

4.5000
5.0000
5.5000
6.5000

0.0010
0.0010
0.0010
0.0010

0.0015
0.0015
0.0015
0.0015

0.0025
0.0025
0.0025
0.0025

0.0040
0.0040
0.0040
0.0040

0.0050
0.0050
0.0050
0.0050

6.5000
7.0000
7.5000
8.0000

7.0000
7.5000
8.0000
9.0000

0.0010
0.0010
0.0010
0.0010

...
...
...
...

...
...
...
...

...
...
...
...

...
...
...
...

Bore Tolerance
Range
(Minus)

Fit Tolerance
Range
(Minus)

Rectangular

Width

Depth

Width

Depth

0.0010
0.0010
0.0010
0.0010
0.0010

0.1250
0.1875
0.2500
0.3125
0.3750

0.0625
0.0937
0.1250
0.1562
0.1875

0.1250
0.1875
0.2500
0.3125
0.3750

0.0468
0.0625
0.0937
0.1250
0.1250

0.0000
0.0000
0.0000
0.0000

0.0020
0.0020
0.0020
0.0020

0.3750
0.5000
0.5000
0.6250

0.1875
0.2500
0.2500
0.3125

0.3750
0.5000
0.5000
0.6250

0.1250
0.1875
0.1875
0.2187

0.0020
0.0030
0.0030
0.0030

0.0000
0.0005
0.0005
0.0005

0.0020
0.0030
0.0030
0.0030

0.7500
0.7500
0.8750
1.0000

0.3750
0.3750
0.4375
0.5000

0.7500
0.7500
0.8750
1.0000

0.2500
0.2500
0.3125
0.3750

0.0020
0.0020
0.0025
0.0025

0.0035
0.0035
0.0040
0.0040

0.0010
0.0010
0.0015
0.0015

0.0035
0.0035
0.0040
0.0040

1.0000
1.2500
1.2500
1.5000

0.5000
0.6250
0.6250
0.7500

1.0000
1.2500
1.2500
1.5000

0.3750
0.4375
0.4375
0.5000

0.0025
0.0030
0.0030
0.0035

0.0040
0.0050
0.0050
0.0055

0.0015
0.0020
0.0020
0.0025

0.0040
0.0050
0.0050
0.0055

1.7500
1.7500
2.0000
2.0000

0.8750
0.8750
1.0000
1.0000

1.7500
1.7500
2.0000
2.0000

0.7500
0.7500
0.7500
0.7500

(1) Preferred Nominal Shaft Sizes:


0.500, 0.625, 0.750, 0.875, 0.9375, 1.000, 1.125, 1.1875, 1.250, 1.375, 1.4375, 1.500, 1.625, 1.750, 1.875, 1.9375, 2.000, 2.125, 2.250, 2.375, 2.4375, 2.500,
2.625, 2.750, 2.875, 2.9375, 3.000, 3.250, 3.375, 3.500, 3.625, 3.750, 4.000, 4.250, 4.500, 4.750, 5.000, 5.250, 5.500, 5.750, 6.000, 6.250, 6.500, 6.750, 7.000
(2) Agrees with NEMA standard MG 1-4.05, June 1981, thru 6.5000
(3) Non-shaded areas are preferred.
Examples of Tolerancing Bores and Shafts:
2 Nominal bore Class I Clearance Fit
Bore Size

2.000 to 2.001
Shaft Size

2.000 to 1.999
____________
Resulting Fit
Loose 0.000 to 0.002

F64

2 Nominal bore Class 2 Clearance Fit


Bore Size

2.000 to 2.002
Shaft Size

2.000 to 1.999
____________

2 Nominal bore Interference Fit


Shaft Size

Bore Size

Resulting Fit

Resulting Fit

Loose 0.000 to 0.003

2.000 to 1.999
1.998 to 1.999
____________
Tight 0.002 to 0.000

C SERIES CONTINUOUS SLEEVE GEAR


COUPLING
Two HubsOne SleeveHigh quality carbon steel

One Accessory Kit This contains


two BUNA N seals
and two retaining rings.

Puller holes are optional


Setscrews are optional.

Flex-Rigid
Single Engagement (CFR)

Standard Full Flex


Double Engagement (C)

STANDARD DIMENSIONS

Size
7/8
1-1/2
2
2-1/2
3
3-1/2
4
4-1/2
5
6
7
9
11
12

A
3.31
3.75
4.75
5.50
6.62
7.50
8.75
9.50
10.75
12.25
14.00
16.25
19.25
20.50

B
3.12
3.75
4.25
4.75
5.50
8.75
9.00
10.25
12.25
13.00
14.88
19.00
22.50
25.00

C
2.00
2.53
2.56
3.06
3.75
4.00
4.62
4.88
5.75
6.50
7.50
8.12
8.12
8.38

D
2.00
2.38
3.25
3.94
4.75
5.38
6.25
7.25
8.25
9.50
10.50
12.62
15.62
16.50

E
1.50
1.81
2.06
2.25
2.62
4.25
4.38
5.00
6.00
6.38
7.25
9.25
11.00
12.25

F
1.00
1.27
1.28
1.53
1.88
2.00
2.31
2.44
2.88
3.25
3.75
4.06
4.06
4.19

G
0.12
0.12
0.12
0.25
0.25
0.25
0.25
0.25
0.25
0.25
0.38
0.50
0.50
0.50

G1
0.38
0.50
0.50
0.75
0.75
0.75
0.75
0.75
0.75
0.75
0.88
1.00
1.00
1.00

H (1)
3.75
4.59
4.88
5.72
6.88
9.25
9.50
10.38
12.25
13.38
15.38
19.00
22.50
25.00

J
0.12
0.19
0.19
0.25
0.25
0.25
0.25
0.25
0.25
0.25
0.25
0.25
0.25
0.25

K
1.94
2.25
3.00
3.75
4.75
5.50
6.50
7.25
8.12
9.25
9.75
12.50
15.50
16.00

Approx.
Wt. (Lbs.)
Solid Bore
5
8
13
20
33
63
91
126
195
267
320
520
925
1200

RATINGS

SIZE

HP @
100 RPM

TORQUE
in. lbs.

MIN
BORE

7/8
1-1/2
2
2-1/2
3
3-1/2
4
4-1/2
5
6
7
9
11
12

4
12
32
48
80
140
200
292
430
600
950
2000
3500
4000

2520
7560
20160
30240
50400
88200
126000
183960
270900
378000
598500
1260000
2205900
2520000

0.44
0.44
0.56
0.81
1.19
1.56
1.81
1.81
2.56
4.06
4.56
5.94
7.81
9.81

MISALIGNMENT
(3)
MAX
MAX
MAX
ANGULAR PARALLEL
BORE
RPM
RPM
DEGREES
IN
STD KEY UNBALANCED BALANCED PER MESH INCHES (2)
1.25
6000
18000
0.50
0.005
1.62
5000
15000
0.50
0.007
2.12
4200
12600
0.50
0.007
2.62
3750
11250
0.50
0.010
3.12
3000
9000
0.50
0.012
3.62
2800
8400
0.50
0.012
4.12
2400
7200
0.25
0.007
4.75
2200
6600
0.25
0.007
5.75
2100
0.25
0.009
6.62
2000
0.25
0.010
7.50
1000
0.25
0.011
9.50
800
Consult
0.25
0.013
11.50
600
Factory
0.25
0.014
12.50
550
0.25
0.014

(1) H dimension required for installation


(2) Flex Rigid configuration handles only angular misalignment.
(3) Balance requires the manufacture of 2 special flexible hubs.

*When ordering please specify bore diameter with tolerances for both hubs, keyway sizes, set screws if applicable,
speed, horsepower, and application details.
Below is an ordering example of a Full Flex 4 C Coupling
Item (Qty)
Part Number Description
Flex Hub (2)
G4CRB
4 C Rough Bore Flex Hub
Sleeve (1)
G4CS
4 C Sleeve
Seals & Lockrings for C4 Coupling
Accessory Kit (1) G4CAK

Below is an ordering example of a Flex Rigid 4 C Coupling


Item (Qty)
Part Number Description
Flex Hub (1)
G4CRB
4 C Rough Bore Flex Hub
G4CRRB
4 C Rough Bore Rigid Hub
Rigid Hub (1)
Sleeve (1)
G4CS
4 C Sleeve
Seals & Lockrings for C4 Coupling
Accessory Kit (1) G4CAK

F65

F SERIES FLANGED SLEEVE GEAR


COUPLINGS
Ordering
Couplings are sold by component.
Two Sleeves
High quality carbon steel

Two Hubs
High quality carbon steel

Exposed and Shrouded Bolt Design

One Accessory Kit


Gasket and Hardware

Exposed bolt design is


standard on all sizes.
Puller holes are optional.
Shrouded bolt design is
available on size 1
through 5 when specified.
Shrouded bolt style;
hardware is recessed in
counter bored holes.

F STANDARD TYPE DIMENSIONS (3)


Size

H (1)

1
1 1/2
2
2 1/2
3
3 1/2
4
4 1/2
5
5 1/2
6
7
8
9

4.56
6.00
7.00
8.38
9.44
11.00
12.50
13.62
15.31
16.75
18.00
20.75
23.25
26.00

3.50
4.00
5.00
6.25
7.38
8.62
9.75
10.94
12.38
14.12
15.12
17.75
22.38
23.50

3.00
3.88
4.81
5.81
6.81
7.84
9.19
10.31
11.44
12.69
13.94
15.75
18.50
20.38

2.31
3.00
4.00
4.62
5.62
6.50
7.50
8.50
9.50
10.50
11.50
13.00
15.50
17.00

1.69
1.94
2.44
3.03
3.59
4.19
4.75
5.31
6.03
6.91
7.41
8.69
11.00
11.50

0.12
0.12
0.12
0.19
0.19
0.25
0.25
0.31
0.31
0.31
0.31
0.38
0.38
0.50

4.19
4.75
6.00
7.12
8.12
9.38
10.25
11.50
13.00
14.38
17.00
20.00
25.00
26.50

Max. Parallel
Approx. Wt.
Misalign(Lbs.) Solid
ment (4)
Bore
0.055
0.060
0.085
0.105
0.115
0.130
0.150
0.175
0.200
0.220
0.120
0.135
0.160
0.165

RATINGS (4)
(1) H Dimension Clearance to
align coupling

SIZE

(2) AGMA class 8 balance requires


the manufacturer of two special flexible
hubs
Note 3. When ordering please specify
bore diameter with tolerances for both
hubs, keyway sizes, set screws if
applicable, speed, horsepower, and
application details.
Note 4. Horsepower. Torque capacity
and parallel misalignment capacity for
sizes 1 through 5-1/2 are based on 11/2 degrees angular misalignment per
gear mesh and maximum bore. Sizes
6 through 9 are based on 3/4 degree
angular misalignment. Consult
engineering for greater HP capacity.
Many configurations of F Series
couplings are available to fit your
unique application. Consult Woods
mechanical application engineers for
design.

HP @ 100
RPM

TORQUE
in. lbs.

FLEXIBLE HUBS
MIN BORE MAX BORE MAX BORE
STD KEY
SHALLOW
KEY

MAX RPM
UNBALANCED

MAX RPM
BALANCED
AGMA CL. 8
(2)

1
1 1/2
2
2 1/2
3
3 1/2
4
4 1/2
5
5 1/2
6
7
8
9

12
30
50
90
150
240
350
480
690
910
1190
1600
2085
2714

7563
18900
31500
56700
94500
151300
220600
302500
434900
573500
750000
1008400
1323500
1827700

0.44
0.44
0.56
0.81
1.19
1.56
1.81
1.81
2.31
3.06
4.06
4.56
5.06
5.94

1.62
2.13
2.75
3.25
4.00
4.62
5.50
6.00
6.88
7.75
8.63
9.50
11.00
12.00

1.75
2.25
3.00
3.38
4.25
5.00
5.62
6.44
7.00
7.88
8.75
9.75
---

6000
5500
5000
4400
4000
3500
3000
2700
2500
2200
2100
2000
1900
1800

9500
8500
7800
6800
6200
5500
4600
4100
3900
CONSULT
ENGINEERING

Below is an ordering example of a 4F coupling.

F66

Item (Qty)

Part Number

Description

Flex Hubs (2)

G4FRB

4F Rough Bore Flex Hubs

Sleeves (2)

G4FSEB or
G4FSSB

4F Sleeve with Exposed Bolts


4F Sleeve with Shrouded Bolts

Accessory Kit (1)

G4AEB or
G4ASB

Hardware and Gasket for 4F with Exposed Bolts


Hardware and Gasket for 4F with Shrouded Bolts

9
19
34
55
86
135
195
268
394
526
687
1017
1560
2015

F SERIES FLANGED SLEEVE GEAR COUPLINGS


Single Engagement Type/Floating Shaft

Exposed bolt design is


standard on all sizes.

OUTBOARD RIGID HUBS

Puller holes are optional.


Shrouded bolt design is
available on size 1
through 5 when specified.
Shrouded bolt style;
hardware is recessed in
counter bored holes.

INBOARD RIGID HUBS


FFS (4)
Maximum RPM of Floating Shaft set,
determined by critical speed of Floating
Shaft.

F Series Flex Rigid


FFR
STANDARD DIMENSIONS

Size
1
1 1/2
2
2 1/2
3
3 1/2
4
4 1/2
5
5 1/2
6
7

A
4.56
6.00
7.00
8.38
9.44
11.00
12.50
13.62
15.31
16.75
18.00
20.75

B
3.37
3.91
4.85
6.12
7.18
8.40
9.43
10.61
12.02
13.33
14.96
17.75

C
3.00
3.88
4.81
5.81
6.81
7.84
9.19
10.31
11.44
12.69
13.94
15.75

D
2.31
3.00
4.00
4.62
5.62
6.50
7.50
8.50
9.50
10.50
11.50
13

E
1.69
1.94
2.44
3.03
3.59
4.19
4.75
5.31
6.03
6.91
7.41
8.69

E1
1.56
1.84
2.28
2.9
3.4
3.96
4.43
4.99
5.68
6.11
7.24
8.68

G
0.12
0.13
0.13
0.19
0.19
0.25
0.25
0.31
0.31
0.31
0.31
0.38

H
4.19
4.75
6.00
7.12
8.12
9.38
10.25
11.50
13.00
14.38
17.00
20.00

Note 1. Horsepower,
Torque Capacity and
Parallel misalignment
capacity for sizes 1
through 5-1/2 are based
on 1-1/2 degrees
angular misalignment
per gear mesh and
maximum bore. Sizes 6
and 7 are based on 3/4
degrees angular
misalignment.

Approx. Wt.
(Lbs.) Solid
Bore
9
17
34
55
86
135
195
268
394
526
687
1017

Note 2. A single flexrigid coupling does not


accept parallel
misalignment.

RATINGS
FLEXIBLE HUBS

SIZE
1
1 1/2
2
2 1/2
3
3 1/2
4
4 1/2
5
5 1/2
6
7

HP
@
100
TORQUE MIN
RPM
in. lbs.
BORE
12
30
50
90
150
240
350
480
690
910
1190
1600

7563
18900
31500
56700
94500
151300
220600
302500
434900
573500
750000
1008400

0.44
0.44
0.56
0.81
1.19
1.56
1.81
1.81
2.31
3.06
4.06
4.56

MAX BORE
MAX BORE SHALLOW MIN
STD KEY
KEY
BORE
1.62
2.13
2.75
3.25
4.00
4.62
5.50
6.00
6.88
7.75
8.63
9.50

1.75
2.25
3.00
3.38
4.25
4.88
5.62
6.44
7.00
7.88
8.75
9.75

0.44
0.44
0.56
0.81
1.19
1.56
1.81
1.81
2.56
3.06
4.06
4.56

RIGID HUBS
MAX
BORE MAX BORE
STD
SHALLOW MAX RPM
UNBALANCED
KEY
KEY
2.19
2.81
3.50
4.25
4.88
5.63
6.50
7.38
8.38
9.25
10.13
11.25

2.31
3.06
3.75
4.50
5.25
6.13
6.88
8.00
8.88
9.88
11.00
12.25

DETERMINED

MAX RPM
BALANCED
AGMA
CLASS 8

BY BSE

Note 3. When ordering


a complete floating
shaft coupling specify
the distance between
shaft ends, bore
diameter with
tolerances for both
outboard hubs, keyway
sizes, set screws if
applicable, speed,
horsepower, and all
application details.
Note 4. Due to larger
bore capacity outboard
rigid hubs will be furnished unless otherwise
specified.

Below is an ordering example of an 4 FR Coupling


Item (Qty)
Part Number Description
Flex Hub (1)
G4FRB
4 F Rough Bore Flex Hub
Sleeve (1)
G4FSEB or
4 F Sleeve with Exposed Bolts
G4FSSB
4 F Sleeve with Shrouded Bolts
G4FREBRB or 4 F Rough Bore Rigid Hub with Exposed Bolts
Rigid Hub
G4FRSBRB
4 F Rough Bore Rigid Hub with Shrouded Bolts
Hardware and Gasket for 4F with Exposed Bolts
Accessory Kit (1) G4AEB or
Hardware and Gasket for 4F with Shrouded Bolts
G4ASB

F67

F SERIES FLANGE DETAILS

EXPOSED BOLTS
SIZE

SIZE

SHROUDED BOLTS

DIA.GRIP
THD. LENGTH (MAX)

DIA.GRIP
THD. LENGTH (MAX)

SIZE

F-1

1/4-28

1-1/2

F-1

1/4-28

3/4

5/16

F-1-1/2

3/8-24

1-3/8

F-1-1/2; 2

3/8-24

7/16

F-2

1/2-20

2-1/4

1-3/16

F-2-1/2; 3

1/2-20

1-3/16 17/32

F-2-1/2; 3

5/8-18

2-3/4

1-5/8

F-3-1/2; 4; 4-1/2

5/8-18

1-1/2

21/32

F-3-1/2; 4; 4-1/2

3/4-16

3-1/4

2-1/16

F-5

3/4-16

F-5; 5-1/2

7/8-14

4-1/4

2-3/4

F-6

7/8-14

3-1/4

1-3/4

F-7

1-14

3-1/2

No.

EXPOSED BOLTS
B.C. DIA

No.

2.875
3.687
4.625

1-21/32
1-7/8
2-3/8

(6)
(8)
(6)

3.750
4.812
5.875

.250
.375
.500

(6)
(8)
(10)

3.750
4.812
5.812

.250
.375
.375

41/64
13/16
13/16

3/16
1/4
1/4

15/16
15/16
1-1/8

5.437
6.437
7.375

2-7/8
3-5/16
3-13/16

(6)
(8)
(8)

7.125
8.125
9.500

.625
.625
.750

(10)
(12)
(12)

7.000
8.000
9.281

.500
.500
.625

1-1/16
1-1/16
1-5/16

5/16
5/16
3/8

3/16
3/16
3/16

1-1/8
1-1/8
1-1/2

8.750
9.750
10.750

4-1/4
4-13/16
5-1/2

(8)
(10)
(8)

11.000
12.000
13.500

.750
.750
.875

(14)
(14)
(14)

10.625
11.750
13.188

.625
.625
.750

1-5/16
1-5/16
1-9/16

3/8
3/8
9/16

3/16
3/16
1/4

1-1/2
1
1-1/8

12.125
13.375
14.625

6
6-11/16
7-3/8

(14)
(14)
(16)

14.500
15.750
18.250

.875
.875
1.00

(16)

14.437

.750

1-9/16

9/16

G1F
G15F
G2F

4-9/16
6
7

3/32
3/32
3/32

9/16
3/4
3/4

G25F
G3F
G35F

8-3/8
9-7/16
11

3/32
3/32
3/32

G4F
G45F
G5F

12-1/2
13-5/8
15-5/16

G55F
G6F
G7F

16-3/4
18
20-3/4

SHROUDED BOLTS
B.C. DIA
S

CD

EXPOSED BOLTS ONLY

Dimensions in inches
TB Woods bolt circle meets AGMA 516.01 flexible gear type couplings flange dimensions.

Standard Coupling Minimum-Maximum Hub Gap


TB Woods standard F Series Gear Coupling can satisfy shaft gap up to three inches by merely reversing the hubs.
Reverse one or both hubs to provide the needed gap.

F68

SIZE

B1

G1F
G15F
G2F

3-1/2
4
5

3-13/16
4-1/4
5-11/16

G25F
G3F
G35F

6-1/4
7-3/8
8-5/8

G4F
G45F
G5F
G55F
G6F
G7F

B2

G1

G2

Q1

4-1/8
4-1/2
6-3/8

1-11/16
1-15/16
2-7/16

1/8
1/8
1/8

7/16
3/8
13/16

3/4
5/8
1-1/2

2-1/8
2-5/16
3-1/4

1/16
1/16
1/16

3/32
1/8
1/8

13/32
3/8
13/16

7-1/32
8-1/32
9-3/16

7-13/16
8-11/16
9-3/4

3-1/32
3-19/32
4-3/16

3/16
3/16
1/4

31/32
27/32
13/16

1-3/4
1-1/2
1-3/8

4
4-7/16
5

3/32
3/32
3/32

1/4
3/8
1/2

1-1/32
1-1/32
1-1/16

9-3/4
10-15/16
12-3/8

10-7/16
12
13-23/32

11-1/8
13-1/16
15-1/16

4-3/4
5-5/16
6-1/32

1/4
5/16
5/16

15/16
1-3/8
1-21/32

1-5/8
2-7/16
3

5-11/16
6-11/16
7-11/16

1/8
1/8
3/16

5/8
21/32
11/16

1-5/16
1-23/32
2-1/32

14-1/8
15-1/8
17-3/4

15-11/32
16-17/32
19-1/16

16-9/16
17-15/16
20-3/8

6-29/32
7-13/32
8-11/16

5/16
5/16
3/8

1-17/32
1-23/32
1-11/16

2-3/4
3-1/8
3

8-7/16
9-1/8
10-3/8

3/16
5/32
3/16

1-1/16
7/8
1-1/2

2-9/32
2-9/32
2-13/16

F SERIES FLANGED SLEEVE GEAR


COUPLINGS Short Slide Couplings

FSL-1

FSL-2

ONE HUB FACED OFF, ONE HUB REVERSED

TWO HUBS REVERSED

FSL-3

FSL-4

ONE HUB REVERSED, ONE MODIFIED MM HUB

TWO MODIFIED MM HUBS

F SERIES SHORT SLIDE DIMENSIONS

(1) Minimum distance between shaft ends.


(2) Maximum distance between shaft ends.
Note: When ordering please specify amount of slide required, bore diameter with tolerance for both hubs, keyway sizes. Setscrews if applicable, speed, horsepower and
application details.

F69

F SERIES FLANGED SLEEVE GEAR COUPLINGS


Mill Motor Type
Exposed bolt design is
standard on all sizes.
Puller holes are optional.
Shrouded bolt design is
available on size 1 through 5
when specified.
Shrouded bolt style; hardware
is recessed in counter bored
holes.

AISE
Size Frame
FMM Number
602 / 802
1-1/2 603 / 803
604 / 804
603 / 803
2 604 / 804
606 / 806
603 / 803
2-1/2 604 / 804
606 / 806
608 / 808
606 / 806
3 608 / 808
610 / 810
612 / 812
608 / 808
3-1/2 610 / 810
612 / 812
614 / 814
610 / 810
612 / 812
4 614 / 814
616 / 816
618 / 818
614 / 814
4-1/2 616 / 816
618 / 818
614 / 814
5 616 / 816
618 / 818
620
616 / 816
5-1/2 618 / 818
620
622
616 / 816
6 618 / 818
620
622

6.00

6.563

7.00

8.063

8.38

9.719

9.44

10.781

11.00 11.938

12.50 13.250

13.62 14.625

15.31 15.844

16.75 17.719

18.00 18.969

B1
6.0000
6.5625
6.5625
7.1667
7.1667
7.6875
7.7188
7.7188
8.3438
8.9688
8.9063
9.5313
9.6563
10.2813
10.1875
10.3125
10.9375
11.0625
10.8750
11.5000
11.6250
12.2500
12.3125
12.2500
12.8750
12.9375
12.9700
13.5900
13.6563
14.8438
14.4688
14.5313
15.7188
16.8438
14.9688
15.0313
16.2188
17.3438

E1

3.88

3.00 1.94 4.50

4.81

4.00 2.44 5.50

5.81

4.62 3.03 6.50

6.81

5.62 3.59 7.00

7.84

6.50 4.19 7.50

9.19

7.50 4.75 8.25

10.31 8.50 5.31 9.00

11.44 9.50 6.03 9.50

12.69 10.50 6.91 10.50

13.94 11.50 7.41 11.25

E2

3.00
3.50
3.50
3.50
3.50
4.00
3.50
3.50
4.00
4.50
4.00
4.50
4.50
5.00
4.50
4.50
5.00
5.00
4.50
5.00
5.00
5.50
6.00
5.00
5.50
6.00
5.00
5.50
6.00
6.75
5.50
6.00
6.75
7.25
5.50
6.00
6.75
7.25

1.7485/1.7495
1.998/1.999
1.998/1.999
1.998/1.999
1.998/1.999
2.498/2.499
1.998/1.999
1.998/1.999
2.498/2.499
2.998/2.999
2.498/2.499
2.998/2.999
3.248/3.249
3.623/3.624
2.998/2.999
3.248/3.249
3.623/3.624
4.2470/4.2485
3.248/3.249
3.623/3.624
4.2470/4.2485
4.6220/4.6235
4.9970/4.9985
4.2470/4.2485
4.6220/4.6235
4.9970/4.9985
4.2470/4.2485
4.6220/4.6235
4.9970/4.9985
5.8720/5.8735
4.6220/4.6235
4.9970/4.9985
5.8720/5.8735
6.2470/6.2485
4.6220/4.6235
4.9970/4.9985
5.8720/5.8735
6.2470/6.2485

0.13

0.13

0.19

0.19

0.25

0.25

0.31

0.31

0.31

0.31

G1

1.062
1.125
1.125
1.125
1.125
1.25
1.188
1.188
1.313
1.438
1.313
1.438
1.563
1.688
1.500
1.625
1.750
1.875
1.625
1.750
1.875
2.000
1.563
1.938
2.063
1.625
1.938
2.063
1.625
2.063
2.063
1.625
2.063
2.688
2.063
1.625
2.063
2.688

0.125
0.125
0.125
0.250
0.250
0.125
0.530
0.530
0.410
0.285
0.560
0.440
0.310
0.190
0.630
0.500
0.380
0.250
0.780
0.660
0.530
0.410
0.840
0.910
0.780
1.220
1.310
1.190
1.630
1.190
1.440
1.880
1.440
0.810
1.470
1.910
1.470
0.840

KEYWAY KEYWAY
WIDTH
HEIGHT
0.500
0.500
0.500
0.500
0.500
0.500
0.500
0.500
0.500
0.750
0.500
0.750
0.750
0.750
0.750
0.750
0.750
1.000
0.750
0.750
1.000
1.250
1.250
1.000
1.250
1.250
1.000
1.250
1.250
1.500
1.250
1.250
1.500
1.500
1.250
1.250
1.500
1.500

0.250
0.250
0.250
0.250
0.250
0.250
0.250
0.250
0.250
0.250
0.250
0.250
0.250
0.250
0.250
0.250
0.375
0.375
0.250
0.375
0.375
0.375
0.500
0.375
0.375
0.500
0.375
0.375
0.500
0.750
0.375
0.500
0.750
0.750
0.375
0.500
0.750
0.750

*ALL KEYWAYS SHOWN ARE PARALLEL TO THE TAPER. TAPER IS 1-1/4 INCH PER FOOT ON DIAMETER.

SPECIFYING TAPERED BORES


Please provide the following information for taper bore hubs:
1) Drawing of HUB showing bore and keyway details.
OR
2) Drawing of shaft showing:
(LD) Large diameter, specify with tolerance.
(S) Length of taper, measure parallel to shaft centerline.
(T) Taper angle. Specify as degrees, taper per foot or a percentage.
(P) Desired pull-up of hub on shaft.
(D) Counterbore diameter as required.
(Y) Counterbore depth as required.
Keyway or shaft keyseat dimensions. Specify width, depth and keyway taper angle.

F610

MAX
BORE
STD HP/100
MAXIMUM RPM
HALF RPM
TORQUE UNBALANCED

MAX PARALLEL
MISALIGNMENT

2.13

30

18900

5500

0.060

2.75

50

31500

5000

0.085

3.25

90

56700

4400

0.105

4.00

150

94500

4000

0.115

4.62

240

151300

3500

0.130

5.50

350

220600

3000

0.150

6.00

480

302500

2700

0.175

6.88

690

434900

2500

0.200

7.75

910

573500

2200

0.220

8.65

1190

750000

2100

0.120

F SERIES FLANGED SLEEVE GEAR


COUPLINGS Limited End Float Type

Exposed bolt design is standard on


all sizes.
Puller holes are optional.
Shrouded bolt design is available on
size 1 through 5 when specified.
Shrouded bolt style; hardware is
recessed in counter bored holes.

STANDARD DIMENSIONS (3)

Size

G1

G2

H(1)

LEF (5)

1
1 1/2
2
2 1/2
3
3 1/2
4
4 1/2
5
5 1/2
6
7

4.56
6.00
7.00
8.38
9.44
11.00
12.50
13.62
15.31
16.75
18.00
20.75

3.56
4.06
5.06
6.34
7.47
8.69
9.91
11.13
12.59
14.34
15.31
18.00

3.00
3.88
4.81
5.81
6.81
7.84
9.19
10.31
11.44
12.69
13.94
15.75

2.31
3.00
4.00
4.62
5.62
6.50
7.50
8.50
9.50
10.50
11.50
13.00

1.69
1.94
2.44
3.03
3.59
4.19
4.75
5.31
6.03
6.91
7.41
8.69

0.19
0.19
0.19
0.28
0.28
0.31
0.41
0.50
0.53
0.53
0.50
0.63

0.13
0.13
0.13
0.19
0.19
0.19
0.31
0.38
0.38
0.38
0.38
0.50

.031
.031
.031
.047
.047
.063
.047
.063
.078
.078
.063
.063

4.19
4.75
6.00
7.12
8.12
9.38
10.25
11.50
13.00
14.38
17.00
20.00

0.13
0.13
0.13
0.19
0.19
0.25
0.19
0.25
0.31
0.31
0.25
0.25

Approx.
Parallel
Wt. (Lbs.)
Misalignment
Solid
Capacity (4)
Bore

0.06
0.06
0.09
0.11
0.12
0.13
0.15
0.18
0.20
0.22
0.12
0.14

9
19
34
54
80
130
190
250
380
520
650
950

RATINGS (4)
FLEXIBLE HUBS
SIZE

HP @
RPM

TORQUE
in. lbs.

MIN
BORE

MAX BORE
STD KEY

1
1 1/2
2
2 1/2
3
3 1/2
4
4 1/2
5
5 1/2
6
7

12
30
50
90
150
240
350
480
690
910
1190
1600

7563
18900
31500
56700
94500
151300
220600
302500
434900
57350
75000
1008400

0.44
0.44
0.56
0.81
1.19
1.56
1.81
1.81
2.31
3.06
4.06
4.56

1.62
2.13
2.75
3.25
4.00
4.62
5.50
6.00
6.88
7.75
8.63
9.50

MAX RPM
MAX RPM
BALANCED
MAX BORE
AGMA
SHALLOW UNBALANCED
CLASS 8 (2)
KEY

1.75
2.25
3.00
3.38
4.25
4.88
5.62
6.44
7.00
7.88
8.75
9.75

6000
5500
5000
4400
4000
3500
3000
2700
2500
2200
2100
2000

9500
8500
7800
6800
6200
5500
4600
4100
3900
CONSULT
FACTORY

Notes:
(1) H Dimension Clearance to align coupling.
(2) AGMA CLASS 8 balance requires the manufacture
of two special flexible hubs.
(3) When ordering please specify bore diameter with
tolerances for both hubs, keyway sizes, set screws if
applicable, speed, horsepower, application details,
amount of thrust on either or both shafts, and
amount of end float desired.
(4) Horsepower, Torque Capacity and Parallel
Misalignment Capacity for sizes 1 through 5-1/2 are
based on 1-1/2 degrees angular misalignment per
gear mesh and maximum bore. Sizes 6 & 7 are
based on 3/4 degree angular misalignment. Consult
Engineering for greater HP capacity.
(5) Dimension is total end float. (May be modified to suit
customer requirements.)

Below is an ordering example of a 4FLEF Coupling.


Item (Qty)
Flex Hubs (2)
Sleeves (2)
Accessory Kit (1)
Plate (1)

Part Number
G4FRB
G4FSEB or
G4FSSB
G4AEB or
G4ASB
G4LEF

Description
4F Rough Bore Flex Hubs
4F Sleeve with Exposed Bolts
4F Sleeve with Shrouded Bolts
Hardware and Gasket for 4F with Exposed Bolts
Hardware and Gasket for 4F with Shrouded Bolts
4F LEF Plate

F611

F SERIES FLANGED SLEEVE GEAR


COUPLINGS Vertical Type
Vertical couplings require a
vertical plate and a button.
Standard flex hubs are faced
off (shorten) per the E
dimension.
Contact factory for price and
availability.
Exposed bolt design is
standard on all sizes.
Puller holes are optional.
Shrouded bolt design is
available on size 1 through 5
when specified.
Shrouded bolt style; hardware
is recessed in counter bored
holes.

Notes:
(1) When ordering please specify bore diameter with tolerances for both hubs, keyway sizes, set screws if applicable, speed, horsepower, and application details.
(2) Horsepower, Torque capacity, and parallel misalignment capacity for sizes 1 through 5-1/2 are based on 1-1/2 degrees angular misalignment per gear mesh and
maximum bore. Sizes 6 through 9 are based on 3/4 degree angular misalignment. Consult engineering for greater HP capacity.
(3) H Dimension Clearance to align coupling.
(4) AGMA class 8 balance requires the manufacture of two special flexible hubs. Many configurations of F Series couplings are available to fit your unique application.
Consult Woods mechanical application engineers for design.

F612

STOCK SPACERS
For Use With F, MXB, or K100 Series Couplings

F or MXB Spacer Type Coupling

K 100 Series Spacer Type Coupling

Coupling
Size

DBSE

Spacer Part SPOOL


Number
LENGTH

1 1/2
1 1/2
2
2
2
2 1/2
2 1/2
3
3
3 1/2
3 1/2

4 3/8
5
4 3/8
5
7
5
7
5
7
5
7

G15EBX438
G15EBX5
G2EBX438
G2EBX5
G2EBX7
G25EBX5
G25EBX7
G3EBX5
G3EBX7
G35EBX5
G35EBX7

4.25
4.88
4.25
4.88
6.88
4.81
6.81
4.81
6.81
4.75
6.75

F Series MXB Series K Series


"B"
"B"
"B"
Dimension Dimension Dimension
8.154
8.784
9.154
9.784
11.784
11.25
13.25
12.37
14.37
13.63
15.63

8.394
9.024
9.37
10
12
11.25
13.25
12.37
14.37
13.63
15.63

8.37
9
9.37
10
12
11.25
13.25
12.37
14.37
13.63
15.63

MAX
RPM

Approx.
Spacer
weight

5500
5500
5000
5000
5000
4400
4400
4000
4000
3500
3500

9.8
10.7
13.4
14.1
16.6
24
27
29
33
45
51

Other Sizes, DBSEs, and shrouded bolt patterns are Available as Specials.
C Series Spacer couplings are also available, consult factory.
Below is an ordering example of a 2 FSP Coupling
Item (Qty)
Part Number Description
Flex Hub (2)
G2FRB
2 F Rough Bore Flex Hub
Sleeve (2)
G2FSEB
2 F Sleeve with Exposed Bolts
G2EBX5
2 X 5" DBSE Spacer with Exposed Bolts
Spacer (1)
Hardware and Gasket for 2 F with Exposed Bolts
Accessory Kit (2) G2AEB

F613

DECK-FLEX & DECK-FLEX MITE


Torque & HP Ratings
Deck-Flex

Deck-Flex Mite

Deck-Flex Mite

Steel

Stainless Steel

RPM
Torque
(in lbs)

HP

Torque
(in lbs)

HP

Torque
(in lbs)

HP

1420
1110
900
630
530

2.2
20.3
25.0
35.3
42.0

360
282
270
254
243

0.6
5.1
7.5
13.8
19.4

240
188
180
169
162

0.4
3.4
5.0
9.2
12.8

100
1150
1750
3500
5000

2 spirolox type
retaining rings

nylon sleeve

2 hubs

Dimensions

Ordering Example

Deck-Flex

3.75

3.38

1.88

2.38

1.62

0.12

Deck-Flex Mite

2.88

2.38

1.31

1.75

1.12

0.12

Deck-Flex Mite
Item (Qty)

Part Number

Description

Sleeve (1)

GDFMS

Deck-Flex Mite Sleeve

Hubs (2)

GDFM34

Deck-Flex Mite Hub for 3/4 Bore

GDFMAK

Retaining Rings for Assembly

Assembly Kit (1)

Deck-Flex
Item (Qty)

Part Number

Description

Sleeve (1)

GDFS

Deck-Flex Sleeve

Hubs (2)

GDF34

Deck-Flex Hub for 3/4 Bore

GDFAK

Retaining Rings for Assembly

Assembly Kit (1)

No Lubrication
Operation up to 5000 rpm
Light Weight
Can be altered for blind assembly
Nylon couplings operate up to 150F
Misalignment 5 for Deck Flex
3 for Deck Flex Mite

Note: Some acids and alkalis can be


harmful to the nylon sleeve.

F614

Stock Bores

(Couplings are sold by component)

Bore

Deck-Flex Mite

5/16
3/8
1/2
5/8
3/4
7/8
1
1-1/8
1-1/4
1-5/16
1-3/8
1-7/16
1-1/2
1-5/8

Rough Bore
...
1/8 x 1/16
3/16 x 3/32
3/16 x 3/32
3/16 x 3/32
1/4 x 1/8
1/4 x 1/8

Deck-Flex
Rough Bore
1/8 x 1/16
3/16 x 3/32
3/16 x 3/32
3/16 x 3/32
1/4 x 1/8
1/4 x 1/8
1/4 x 1/8
5/16 x 5/32
5/16 x 5/32
3/8 x 3/16
3/8 x 3/16
3/8 x 3/16

AGMA Class 1 Bore Tolerance

+.000/+.001

Blind assembly couplings can be produced by


ordering a 3 groove sleeve (GDFS3 or
GDFMS3) and installing a center retaining ring.
With the addition of this center retaining ring,
the outer rings are not needed and the
installation involves no more than sliding the
hubs into the sleeves.

RIGID COUPLINGS
Ribbed Type Compression Couplings are recommended for emergency and
regular service on heavily loaded shafts.
These couplings are bored true to shaft size, and the halves are separated during
boring operation to allow for clamping when halves are drawn together. Bolt heads
and nuts are protected by flanges. End flanges are faced square with bore, and
outer diameters are turned.
To facilitate the use of V-belt drives, sufficient space may be left between shaft
ends when mounting the coupling to permit easy replacement of belts.

SECTION
F7

RIBBED
COMPRESSION
NO. 257

BOLTS
Product
No.

Shaft
Size

Max.
RPM

Approx.
Diam.

Length

No.

Size

2571316
257114
2571716
257112
25711116
257134
25711516
2572
2572316
257214
2572716
257212
25721116
25721516
2573
2573316
2573716
257312
25731516
2574716
25741516

1-3/16
1-1/4
1-7/16
1-1/2
1-11/16
1-3/4
1-15/16
2
2-3/16
2-1/4
2-7/16
2-1/2
2-11/16
2-15/16
3
3-3/16
3-7/16
3-1/2
3-15/16
4-7/16
4-15/16

4630
4630
4070
4070
3820
3820
3250
3250
3050
3050
2680
2680
2610
2210
2210
2100
1920
1920
1830
1600
1390

4-1/8
4-1/8
4-11/16
4-11/16
5
5
5-7/8
5-7/8
6-1/4
6-1/4
7-1/8
7-1/8
7-5/16
8-5/8
8-5/8
9-1/16
9-15/16
9-15/16
10-7/16
11-7/8
13-11/16

5-3/8
5-3/8
6-1/8
6-1/8
6-3/4
6-3/4
8
8
8-3/4
8-3/4
9-5/8
9-5/8
10-5/8
11-5/8
11-5/8
12-3/4
13-5/8
13-5/8
14-5/8
16-1/2
18-1/8

6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8

3/8
3/8
1/2
1/2
1/2
1/2
5/8
5/8
5/8
5/8
3/4
3/4
3/4
3/4
3/4
3/4
7/8
7/8
7/8
1
1-1/8

Wrench(1) Weight
Torque ft.-lb. Lbs.
19
19
45
45
45
45
93
93
93
93
150
150
150
150
150
150
202
202
202
300
474

11
11
18
18
20
20
34
33
38
38
57
54
62
95
95
126
157
157
171
273
395

NOTE: Capacity of Coupling exceeds capacity of shaft based on 6000 PSI Shaft Stress.
(1) Do not lubricate CAP Screws. Other shaft sizes available on a MTO Basis.
Coupling may require balancing to reduce vibration when operating within these speeds.

F71

RIGID COUPLINGS

This coupling is designed to provide a simple method of rigidly connecting two pieces of shafting. The
standard Sure-Grip tapered bushing is used, one on each shaft, to securely clamp the two shafts together.
The precision tapered fit lines up the two shafts. No press or shrink fits are necessary.

SURE-GRIP RIGID NO. 44

Product
No.

Max.
RPM

Maximum Bore
Light (1) Heavy (2) Bushing
Loads
Loads

44SD
44SF

6200
4500

1-13/16
2-3/8

1-7/16
1-7/8

SD
SF

44E

3600

2-15/16

2-1/4

44J
44M

3000
2450

3-13/16
4-3/4

3
3-11/16

J
M*

DIMENSIONS
A

Weight
Including
Bushings

4
5-1/2
6-7/8
8-1/4

4-5/8
5-1/4
6-3/4
11

3/8
1/2
5/8
3/4

1/4
1/4
1/4
1/2

1-13/16
2
2-5/8
4-1/2

11
22
54
122

10

16

1/2

6-3/4

270

Dimensions for Sure-Grip bushings are given on page A13.


* Bushing M is not stocked with drilled holes for the above type mounting and will be made-to-order.
(1) Max Shaft Stress < 8500 psi.
(2) Max Shaft Stress < 4000 psi.

F72

Axial Thrust Capacity = Bushing Torque Capacity


Radius of Shaft

USA SALES

TB Woods Incorporated Headquarters


440 North Fifth Avenue
Chambersburg, Pennsylvania 17201-1778
Telephone: 888-TBWOODS or 717-264-7161
FAX: 717-264-6420
Website: www.tbwoods.com

TB Woods Chattanooga Operations

TB Woods San Marcos

521 Airport Road


Chattanooga, TN 37421
Telephone: 800-437-3311 or 423-892-7654
FAX: 423-894-0495

2000 Clovis Barker Road


San Marcos, TX 78666
Telephone: 800-796-5513 or 512-353-4000
FAX: 512-353-4017

INTERNATIONAL SALES
Canada
T.B. Woods Canada Ltd.
750 Douro Street
Stratford, Ontario, Canada N5A 6V6
Telephone: 519-271-5380
FAX: 519-271-3094

Germany
Berges electronic GmbH
Industriestrae 13
D-51709 Marienheide, Germany
Telephone: 49-2264-17-0
FAX: 49-2264-17-126

India
TB Woods (India) Private Limited
No. 27A, 2nd Cross
Electronic City, Hosur Road
Bangalore, 561 229 India
Telephone: 91-80-8520-123
FAX: 91-80-8520-124

Italy
Berges electronic s.r.l
Via Zona Industriale, 11
I-39025 Naturno, Italy
Telephone: 39-0473-67-1911
FAX: 39-0473-67-1909

Milan Sales Office


Berges electronic s.r.l
Via Monteverdi, 16
20090 Trezzano S/N (MI) Italy
Telephone: 39-02-4846420
FAX: 39-02-48499911

Mexico
Industrial Blaju S.A. de C.V.
Oriente 237 No. 171
Colonia Agricola Oriental
08500 Mexico, D.F. Mexico
Telephone: 52-55-55-58-16-20
FAX: 52-55-57-56-06-74

Other TB Woods Locations


Edmonton, Canada
Montreal, Canada
Mt. Pleasant, Michigan
Reno, Nevada
Scotland, Pennsylvania

Authorized Distributors Worldwide

FC 12/03-10M